Axos Financial
Annual Report 2018

Plain-text annual report

B O F I H O L D I N G I N C 2 0 1 8 A N N U A L R E P O R T BOFI HOLDING INC 2018 ANNUAL REPORT 4350 La Jolla Village Drive Suite 140 San Diego, CA 92122 www.axosfinancial.com Banking EvolvedSM AxosTM is a technology-driven financial services company providing a diverse and ever-growing range of innovative products and services for personal, business and institutional clients nationwide. Axos believes in liberating people from the constraints of traditional banking. We believe in a bank that is honest, transparent and fair. A bank that uses technology with purpose. A bank that supports people when they need it, and gets out of the way when they don’t. A bank that is in sync with – and adapting to – a changing world. By giving our customers the tools, the information, and the ability to make smarter choices, Axos empowers them to make real progress toward their goals, and the freedom to focus on the people, places and things that matter most to all of us. Welcome to Axos BankTM - Banking EvolvedSM Executive Officers Board of Directors Gregory Garrabrants President and Chief Executive Officer Eshel Bar-Adon Executive Vice President Specialty Finance and Chief Legal Officer Jill Bauer Executive Vice President Trustee and Fiduciary Services Matthew Brunsman Executive Vice President Chief Digital Officer Mary Ellen Ciafardini Executive Vice President Human Resources Thomas Constantine Executive Vice President Chief Credit Officer Jan Durrans Executive Vice President Chief of Staff and Chief Performance Officer James Fraser Executive Vice President Specialty Real Estate, C&I Lending Raymond Matsumoto Executive Vice President Chief Operating Officer Andrew J. Micheletti Executive Vice President Chief Financial Officer Brian Swanson Executive Vice President Chief Lending Officer John Tolla Executive Vice President Chief Governance, Risk and Compliance Officer Derrick K. Walsh Senior Vice President Chief Accounting Officer Paul J. Grinberg Chairman Nicholas A. Mosich Vice Chairman James S. Argalas J. Brandon Black John Gary Burke James J. Court Uzair Dada Gregory Garrabrants Edward J. Ratinoff Corporate Headquarters Axos Financial, Inc. Axos Bank 4350 La Jolla Village Drive Suite 140 San Diego, CA 92122 www.axosfinancial.com www.axosbank.com Investor Relations Johnny Lai Vice President, Corporate Development and Investor Relations (858) 649-2218 jlai@axosfinancial.com Corporate Secretary Angela Lopez Corporate Secretary, Vice President Corporate Governance (858) 704-6225 alopez@axosfinancial.com Transfer Agent Computershare Investor Services 250 Royall Street Canton, MA 02021 (800) 962-4284 www-us.computershare.com/investor Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm BDO USA, LLP San Diego, California FELLOW SHAREHOLDERS We launched Bank of Internet USA eighteen years ago The evolution of BofI Holding, Inc., has been equally on our great nation’s Independence Day to symbolize our impactful. Since our IPO on NASDAQ on March 15, 2005, commitment to liberating our customers from high-fee, raising approximately $33 million at a split-adjusted price high-cost banking. We believe we have lived up to that commitment. We have provided better value products to our customers and have grown dramatically, with millions of customers now using our various banking services. We are humbled and grateful that our clients have shared our journey as a digital banking pioneer and that they continue to trust us to provide them banking services in a unique and innovative way. When we launched our bank, Google was only two years old and the iPhone wouldn’t be released for seven years. Delivering banking services on the “Internet” was unique, and calling out our delivery channel in the bank’s name made sense at the time. In the nearly two decades since our founding, waves of digitally-driven changes have dramatically reshaped customer expectations in most industries. We acknowledge these high expectations created by the world’s greatest digital companies – and we are evolving to rise to the challenge. of $2.88 per share, we have been ranked in the Top 5 in financial performance by S&P Global Market Intelligence for ten consecutive years and added to the Russell 2000®, S&P SmallCap 600® and KBW Nasdaq Financial Technology indexes since we became a public company. BofI Holding, Inc. became Axos Financial, Inc. on September 12, 2018. Additionally, our consolidated subsidiary, BofI Federal Bank, will be rebranded Axos Bank on October 1, 2018. Organic growth has been a hallmark of our bank and this year was no exception. We experienced broad-based growth across our relatively mature businesses, such as single family jumbo mortgages and multifamily, as well as in our newer commercial businesses such as equipment leasing and commercial specialty real estate lending. We continued to expand our commercial cash and treasury We will make every effort to be a better kind of bank by giving management businesses, which contributed to a 63% in- clients and partners the tools, the information, and the crease in our business non-interest-bearing deposits and a power to make smarter choices. We believe they deserve 25% increase in our business demand deposits in fiscal 2018. a different kind of bank – a better kind of bank. That’s what they can expect from us. We demonstrated our capital discipline by opportunistically buying back approximately $35 million of our common stock As one component of a comprehensive, multi-year program at a weighted average price of $28.49 per share. With our to better serve our customers’ needs and to align our brand track record of consistently growing loans by double-digits with our strategic vision, BofI Holding, Inc. became Axos and maintaining a return on equity of 17% or greater while Financial, Inc. on September 12, 2018. Additionally, our keeping credit losses below industry averages, we continue consolidated subsidiary, BofI Federal Bank, will be rebranded to generate excess capital. In April, we invested some of Axos Bank on October 1, 2018. Brands are meaningful only our excess capital to acquire the Chapter 7 bankruptcy and with respect to the promises they make to their customers. non-7 trustee and fiduciary services business from Epiq. The The promise we make to our customers and strategic acquisition not only enhances our deposit franchise and partners is that we will listen and strive to deliver an evolved fee income, it also fits our strategic goal of providing tech- banking experience that meets their high expectations. enabled services to specialty industry verticals through an Key accomplishments in fiscal 2018 • Total loan and lease balances increased • Completed acquisition of trustee and fiduciary 14.3% to approximately $8.4 billion at 6/30/18 services business from Epiq • Net interest margin increased to 4.11% in • Achieved Top 10 Ranking for Public Thrift FY 2018 from 3.95% in FY 2017 by S&P Global Market Intelligence for a • Maintained best-in-class Return on Equity of 10th consecutive year 17.1% and 39.6% Efficiency Ratio • Named Best Online Bank for • Originated over $1 billion of Refund Advance® loan product with H&R Block 2nd consecutive year by MONEY efficient and differentiated software and services model. and relevant offers and suggestions, all within a secure and We see tremendous opportunities to leverage the strong easy-to-use platform. Given our control over the platform, relationships the rebranded Axos Fiduciary Services team we will add more features, functions and partners to our has with trustees to expand our deposit balances and client Universal Digital Bank ecosystem to increase customer base across a variety of Chapter 7 and non-7 verticals. satisfaction and loyalty, cross-sell and longevity. We are equally excited about the announced acquisition of The consistency of our performance, growing from an approximately $3 billion of deposits from Nationwide Bank. institution with under $950 million of assets ten years ago to As one of the premier and most trusted financial services approximately $9.5 billion today while maintaining a robust brands, we are delighted they have entrusted us with serving risk management framework and industry-leading returns, the future banking needs of their nearly 100,000 customers. is a testament to the quality and commitment of our people. We look forward to a successful transition of the Nationwide We have a high-performance culture that encourages and Bank deposit customers in late calendar 2018. rewards our team members to embrace our core values. We are equally excited about the announced acquisition of approximately $3 billion of deposits from Nationwide Bank. Our evolution continues to gain positive momentum across every facet of the organization. The most prominent and visible strategic initiative is the rollout of our new consumer TM banking technology platform – the Universal Digital Bank. The flexible, responsive and clean user interface, coupled with an open architected microservices back-end architec- ture, allows our consumer banking and lending customers to easily perform routine functions such as checking balances, pay bills, deposit money through their mobile devices, and We are excited about the opportunities we have as we embark on our next phase of growth. From our humble beginnings as a consumer-direct online bank with limited products and capabilities, we have evolved into a diversified and highly profitable financial services company with nearly $1 billion of equity and strategic partnerships with multiple Fortune 500 companies. Through consistent investment in people, processes and technology and leadership from our board of directors and business unit leaders, we have built a strong foundation for continued success. I am proud of our achievements and highly motivated to lead our organization to deliver a more holistic value to our clients, communities, business partners, and team members. Respectfully, transfer money to friends and family. Equally important, they Greg Garrabrants can customize their banking environment and receive timely President and Chief Executive Officer New Online Banking Platform – Universal Digital Bank Collection of modular tiles power our user Flexible user experience is crafted by a flexible experience building blocks, taking the content, API-driven open banking architecture that functionality, and flexibility they need from different provides the logic to enable channel specific underlying systems, partner integrations and functionality, data persistency, and cross- combining it into a dynamic customer experience channel/cross-business services orchestration 2005 2018 Lending Single Family Mortgage Multifamily Lending Funding Consumer Online Deposits FHLB Borrowings Fee Income Mortgage Banking Deposit/Service Fees Prepayment Fees Single Family Mortgage Multifamily Lending Warehouse Lending Auto Lending Small Balance Commercial Consumer Unsecured Lending Factoring Structured Settlements Equipment Finance Lender Finance Commercial Specialty R/E C&I Bank Loans H&R Block-Related Lending Consumer Online Deposits FHLB Borrowings BofI Advisor Prepaid BIN Sponsorships Small Business Banking Cash/Treasury Management Specialty Deposits Mortgage Banking Deposit/Service Fees Prepayment Fees Other Loan Gain on Sale Software Licensing Fees Correspondent Lending Deposit Sponsorship Fees H&R Block-Related Fees 2018 FORM 10-K [ THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ] UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 __________________________________________________________________________________________ FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 Commission file number: 000-51201 __________________________________________________________________________________________ BofI Holding, Inc. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 4350 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 140, San Diego, CA (Address of principal executive offices) 33-0867444 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 92122 (Zip Code) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (858) 350-6200 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common stock, $.01 par value 6.25% Subordinated Notes Due 2026 Name of each exchange on which registered NASDAQ Global Select Market NASDAQ Global Select Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None __________________________________________________________________________________________ No No No Indicated by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes Indicated by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. No Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer Smaller reporting company Emerging growth company If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing sales price of the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market of $29.90 on December 31, 2017 was $1,523,473,172. The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of August 17, 2018 was 62,776,754. __________________________________________________________________________________________ Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the period ended June 30, 2018 are incorporated by reference into Part III. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (cid:60)(cid:1)(cid:53)(cid:41)(cid:42)(cid:52)(cid:1)(cid:49)(cid:34)(cid:40)(cid:38)(cid:1)(cid:42)(cid:47)(cid:53)(cid:38)(cid:47)(cid:53)(cid:42)(cid:48)(cid:47)(cid:34)(cid:45)(cid:45)(cid:58)(cid:1)(cid:45)(cid:38)(cid:39)(cid:53)(cid:1)(cid:35)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:47)(cid:44)(cid:1)(cid:62) BOFI HOLDING, INC. INDEX PART I Item 1. Business Item 1A. Risk Factors Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments Item 2. Properties Item 3. Legal Proceedings Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Item 6. Selected Financial Data Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Item 9B. Other Information PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Item 11. Executive Compensation Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Signatures 1 1 20 28 28 28 29 30 30 32 34 57 57 57 57 61 62 62 62 62 62 62 63 63 65 FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain various forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include projections, statements of the plans, goals and objectives of management for future operations, statements of future economic performance, assumptions underlying these statements, and other statements that are not statements of historical facts. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “predicts,” “potential,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “should,” “may,” “will” and variations of these words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward- looking statements. Forward-looking statements also include the assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing statements. Forward-looking statements are subject to significant business, economic and competitive risks, uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are difficult to predict and beyond the control of BofI or the Bank, which could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. These and other risks, uncertainties and contingencies are described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including under “Item 1A. Risk Factors”, and the Company’s other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) from time to time, including but are not limited to the following: The soundness of other financial institutions; • Changes in interest rates; • General economic and market conditions, including the risk of a significant economic downturn; • • Changes in laws, regulation or regulatory oversight; • Policies and regulations enacted by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau; • Changes in real estate values; • Possible defaults on our mortgage loans; • Mortgage buying activity of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; • The adequacy of our allowance for loan and lease losses; • Changes in the value of goodwill and other intangible assets; • Our ability to acquire and integrate acquired companies; • Changes in our relationship with H&R Block, Inc. and the financial benefits of that relationship; • • Our ability to access the equity capital markets; • Access to adequate funding; • Our ability to manage our growth and deploy assets profitably; • Competition for customers from other banks and financial services companies; • Our ability to maintain and enhance our brand; • A natural disaster, especially in California; • Our ability to retain the services of key personnel and attract, hire and retain other skilled managers; • Possible exposure to environmental liability; • Our dependence on third-party service providers for core banking technology; • Privacy concerns relating to our technology that could damage our reputation or deter customers from using our products The outcome or impact of current or future litigation involving the Company; and services; • Risk of systems failure and security breaches, including “hacking” and “identity theft”; and • Our reliance on continued and unimpeded access to the internet. The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report are made on the basis of the views and assumptions of management regarding future events and business performance as of the date this Annual Report is filed with the SEC. We do not undertake any obligation to update these statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date this report is filed. References in this report to the “Company,” “us,” “we,” “our,” “BofI Holding,” or “BofI” are all to BofI Holding, Inc. on a consolidated basis. References in this report to “Bank of Internet,” the “Bank,” or “our bank” are to BofI Federal Bank, our consolidated subsidiary. i PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS Overview BofI Holding, Inc., is the holding company for BofI Federal Bank, a diversified financial services company with over $9.5 billion in assets that provides consumer and business banking products through its online, low-cost distribution channels and affinity partners. The Bank has deposit and loan customers nationwide including consumer and business checking, savings and time deposit accounts and financing for single family and multifamily residential properties, small-to-medium size businesses in target sectors, and selected specialty finance receivables. The Bank generates fee income from consumer and business products including fees from loans originated for sale and transaction fees earned from processing payment activity. BofI Holding, Inc.’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and is a component of the Russell 2000® Index, the S&P SmallCap 600® Index and the KBW Nasdaq Financial Technology Index. At June 30, 2018, we had total assets of $9,539.5 million, loans of $8,470.1 million, mortgage-backed and other investment securities of $180.3 million, total deposits of $7,985.4 million and borrowings of $511.6 million. Because we do not incur the significantly higher fixed operating costs inherent in a branch-based distribution system, we are able to rapidly grow our deposits and assets by providing a better value to our customers and by expanding our low-cost distribution channels. We distribute our deposit products through a wide range of retail distribution channels, and our deposits consist of demand, savings and time deposits accounts. We distribute our loan products through our retail, correspondent and wholesale channels, and the loans we retain are primarily first mortgages secured by single family real property and by multifamily real property as well as commercial & industrial loans to businesses. Our mortgage-backed securities consist of mortgage pass-through securities issued by government-sponsored entities, non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations, and asset-backed mortgage-backed securities issued by private sponsors. We believe our flexibility to adjust our asset generation channels has been a competitive advantage allowing us to avoid markets and products where credit fundamentals are poor or risks and rewards are not sufficient to support our required return on equity. Our distribution channels for our deposit and lending products include: • Multiple national online banking brands with tailored products targeted to specific consumer segments; • Affinity groups where we gain access to the affinity group’s members, and our exclusive relationships with financial advisory firms; • A business banking division focused on providing deposit products and loans to specific nationwide industry verticals (e.g., Homeowners’ Associations) and small and medium size businesses; • A commission-based lending sales force that operates from home offices focusing primarily on the origination of single family and multifamily mortgage loans; • A commission-based lending sales force that operates from the corporate office focusing on commercial and industrial loans to businesses; • A commission-based leasing sales force that operates from our Salt Lake City office focusing on commercial and industrial leases to businesses; • A bankruptcy and non-bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services team that operates from our Kansas City location • focusing on specialized software and consulting services that provide deposits; and Inside sales teams that originate loans and deposits from self-generated internet leads, third-party purchase leads, and from our retention and cross-sell of our existing customer base. Our business strategy is to grow our loan and lease originations and our deposits to achieve increased economies of scale and reduce the cost of products and services to our customers by leveraging our distribution channels and technology. We have designed our online banking platform and our workflow processes to handle traditional banking functions with elimination of duplicate and unnecessary paperwork and human intervention. Our charter allows us to operate in all fifty states, and our online presence allows us increased flexibility to target a large number of loan and deposit customers based on demographics, geography and price. Our low-cost distribution channels provide opportunities to increase our core deposits and increase our loan originations by attracting new customers and developing new and innovative products and services. Our long-term business plan includes the following principal objectives: • Maintain an annualized return on average common stockholders’ equity of 17.0% or better; • Annually increase average interest-earning assets by 15% or more; and • Maintain annualized efficiency ratio to a level 40% or lower. 1 ASSET ORIGINATION AND FEE INCOME BUSINESSES We have built diverse loan origination and fee income businesses that generate attractive financial returns through our online distribution channels. We believe the diversity of our businesses and our online distribution channels provide us with increased flexibility to manage through changing market and operating environments. Single Family Mortgage Secured Lending We generate earning assets and fee income from our mortgage lending activities, which consist of originating and servicing mortgages secured primarily by first liens on single family residential properties for consumers and for lender-finance businesses. We divide our single family mortgage originations between loans we retain and loans we sell. Our mortgage banking business generates fee income and gains from sales of those consumer single family mortgage loans we sell. Our loan portfolio generates interest income and fees from loans we retain. We also provide home equity loans for consumers secured by second liens on single family mortgages. Our lender-finance loans are secured by our first lien on single family mortgages and include warehouse lines for third-party mortgage companies. We originate fixed and adjustable rate prime residential mortgage loans using a paperless loan origination system and centralized underwriting and closing process. We warehouse our mortgage banking loans and sell to investors prime conforming and jumbo residential mortgage loans. Our mortgage servicing business includes collecting loan payments, applying principal and interest payments to the loan balance, managing escrow funds for the payment of mortgage-related expenses, such as taxes and insurance, responding to customer inquiries, counseling delinquent mortgagors and supervising foreclosures. We originate single family mortgage loans for consumers through multiple channels on a retail, wholesale and correspondent basis. • Retail. We originate single family mortgage loans directly through i) our multiple national online banking brand websites, where our customers can view interest rates and loan terms, enter their loan applications and lock in interest rates directly over the internet, ii) our relationships with large affinity groups and iii) our call center which uses self-generated internet leads, third-party purchased leads, and cross-selling to existing customer base. • Wholesale. We have developed relationships with independent mortgage companies, cooperatives and individual loan brokers and we manage these relationships and our wholesale loan pipeline through our originations systems and websites. Through our secure website, our approved brokers can compare programs, terms and pricing on a real time basis and communicate with our staff. • Correspondent. We acquire closed loans from third-party mortgage companies that originate single family loans in accordance with our portfolio specifications or the specifications of our investors. We may purchase pools of seasoned, single-family loans originated by others during economic cycles when those loans have more attractive risk-adjusted returns than those we may originate. We originate lender-finance loans to businesses secured by first liens on single family mortgage loans from cross selling, retail direct and through third-parties. Our warehouse customers are primarily generated through cross selling to our network of third-party mortgage companies approved to wholesale our consumer mortgage loans. Other lender-finance customers are generated by our commissions-based sales force dedicated to commercial & industrial lending who contact businesses directly or through individual loan brokers. Multifamily Mortgage Secured Lending We originate adjustable rate multifamily residential mortgage loans and project-based multifamily real estate secured loans with interest rates that adjust based on U.S. Treasury security yields and London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Many of our loans have initial fixed rate periods (three, five or seven years) before starting a regular adjustment period (annually, semi-annually or monthly) as well as prepayment protection clauses, interest rate floors, ceilings and rate change caps. We divide our multifamily residential mortgage originations between the loans we retain and the loans we sell. Our mortgage banking business generates gains from those multifamily mortgage loans we sell. Our loan portfolio generates interest income and fees from the loans we retain. We originate multifamily mortgage loans using a commission-based commercial lending sales force that operates from home offices across the United States or from our headquarters location. Customers are targeted through origination techniques such as direct mail marketing, personal sales efforts, email marketing, online marketing and print advertising. Loan applications are submitted electronically to centralized employee teams who underwrite, process and close loans. The sales force team members operate regionally both as retail originators for apartment owners and wholesale representatives to other mortgage brokers. 2 Commercial Real Estate Secured and Commercial Lending Our commercial real estate secured lending consists of mortgages secured by first liens on commercial real estate. Historically, we have limited our exposure to commercial real estate and have primarily purchased seasoned mortgages on small commercial properties when they were offered as a part of a residential mortgage loan pool. In fiscal 2015, we began to originate adjustable rate small balance commercial real estate loans with interest rates that adjust based on U.S. Treasury security yields and LIBOR. Many of our loans have initial fixed rate periods (three, five or seven years) before starting a regular adjustment period (annually, semi-annually or monthly) as well as prepayment protection clauses, interest rate floors, ceilings and rate change caps. Our commercial and industrial lending (“C&I”) is primarily comprised of real estate-backed and asset-backed loans and leases to businesses and non-bank lenders. We started our C&I lending in 2010 with a focus on business cash flow lending and subsequently have moved to providing financing to non-bank lenders that originate lending products secured by residential and commercial real estate assets. Our C&I lending has also expanded to other specialty commercial real estate lending types, as well as to other asset-based lending secured by non-real estate-related collateral. Our C&I group also provides leases to small businesses and middle market companies that use the funds to purchase machinery, equipment and software essential to their operations. The lease terms are generally between two and ten years and amortize primarily to full repayment, or in some cases, to a residual balance that is expected to be collected through the sale of the collateral to the lessee or to a third party. The leases are offered nationwide to companies in targeted industries through a direct sales force and through independent third party sales referrals. Specialty Finance Factoring Our specialty finance division engages in the wholesale and retail purchase of state lottery prize and structured settlement annuity payments. These payments are high credit quality deferred payment receivables having a state lottery commission or primarily highly rated insurance company payor. Purchases of state lottery prize or structured settlement annuity payments are governed by specific state statutes requiring judicial approval of each transaction. No transaction is funded before an order approving such transaction has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction. Our commission-based sales force originates contracts for the retail purchase of such payments from leads generated by our dedicated research department through the use of proprietary research techniques. The Specialty Finance Division also utilizes direct mail and online marketing to generate leads. Since 2013, pools of structured settlement receivables have been originated for sale depending upon management’s assessment of interest rate risk, liquidity, and offers containing favorable terms. Prepaid Cards and Refund Transfer Our prepaid cards division provides card issuing and bank identification number (“BIN”) sponsorship services to companies who have developed payroll, general purpose reloadable, incentive and gift card programs. BIN Sponsorship includes issuing debit and prepaid cards from BINs licensed to the Bank by the various payment networks, managing risk for all programs, overseeing compliance with network and government regulations, and functioning as liaison between program managers and the payment networks. These programs generate recurring fee income and low cost deposits. We are also responsible for the primary oversight and control of a refund transfer program under an agreement with Emerald Financial Services, LLC (“EFS”), a wholly owned subsidiary of H&R Block, Inc. (“H&R Block”). Under this program, the Bank opens a temporary bank account for each H&R Block customer who is receiving an income tax refund and elects to defer payment of his or her tax preparations fees. After the Internal Revenue Service and any state income tax authorities transfer the refund into the customer’s account, the net funds are transferred to the customer and the temporary deposit account is closed. We earn a fixed fee paid by H&R Block for each of the H&R Block customers electing a refund transfer. Automobile Lending Our automobile lending division originates prime loans to customers secured by new and used automobiles (“autos”). In 2015 and 2016 we added systems and personnel to increase our auto lending portfolio. We hold all of the auto loans that we have originated and perform the loan servicing functions for these loans. 3 Other Consumer and Business Lending We originate fixed rate term unsecured personal loans to individual borrowers in all fifty states. We offer loans between $5,000 and $35,000 with terms of twelve, twenty-four, thirty-six, forty-eight and sixty months to well qualified borrowers. The minimum credit score is 680. All applicants apply digitally and are required to supply proof of income, identity and bank account documentation. One hundred percent of loans are manually underwritten by a seasoned underwriter with a telephone interview conducted in respect of every approved loan prior to funding. We source our unsecured personal loans organically through current bank customers, lead aggregators and additional marketing efforts. Through our strategic partnerships division, our Bank establishes contractual relationships with third-party service providers (“Program Managers”) possessing demonstrated expertise in managing programs involving marketing and processing financial products such as credit, debit, and prepaid cards, and small business and consumer loans. These relationships include our relationships with H&R Block, Netspend and BFS Capital, among others. As delineated by the related contracts, a Program Manager provides program management services in its areas of expertise subject to our Bank’s continuing control and active supervision of the subject program. Underwriting standards and credit decisioning remain with our Bank in all cases. Each of these relationships is designed to allow our Bank to leverage the Program Manager’s knowledge and experience to distribute program-related financial products to a broad and increasing base of customers. With respect to credit products, our Bank generally originates the resulting receivable for sale, but may, in its discretion, retain such receivable. Our Bank performs extensive due diligence with respect to each Program Manager and program, and maintains a regimen of comprehensive risk management and strict compliance oversight with respect to all programs. Under agreements with EFS and H&R Block, our Bank uses our underwriting guidelines and credit policies to offer and fund unsecured lines of credit to consumers primarily through the H&R Block tax preparation offices and earns interest income and fee income. Our Bank retains 10% of these lines of credit and sells the remainder to H&R Block. Our Bank also originates or purchases interest-free loans to consumers that are offered primarily through H&R Block tax preparation offices. Our Bank has a limited guarantee from H&R Block that reduces our Bank’s credit exposure on these interest-free loans. Our Bank also provides overdraft lines of credit for our qualifying deposit customers with checking accounts. 4 Portfolio Management Our investment analysis capabilities are a core competency of our organization. We decide whether to hold originated assets for investment or to sell them in the capital markets based on our assessment of the yield and risk characteristics of these assets as compared to other available opportunities to deploy our capital. Because risk-adjusted returns available on acquisitions may exceed returns available through retaining assets from our origination channels, we have elected to purchase loans and securities (see discussion below) from time to time. Some of our loans and security acquisitions were purchased at discounts to par value, which enhance our effective yield through accretion into income in subsequent periods. Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan and lease portfolio in amounts and percentages by type of loan at the end of each fiscal year-end for the last five years: 2018 2017 At June 30, 2016 2015 2014 (Dollars in thousands) Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent Single family real estate secured: Mortgage Home equity $4,198,941 49.3% $3,901,754 52.4% $3,678,520 57.5% $2,980,795 59.6% $1,918,626 Warehouse and other 412,085 2,306 —% 4.8% 2,092 452,390 —% 6.1% 2,470 537,714 —% 8.4% 3,604 385,413 0.1% 7.7% 12,690 370,717 53.4% 0.4% 10.3% Multifamily real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total loans and leases held for investment Allowance for loan and lease losses Unamortized premiums/discounts, net of deferred loan fees Net loans and leases held for investment 1,800,919 21.1% 1,619,404 21.7% 1,373,216 21.5% 1,185,531 23.7% 978,511 27.2% 220,379 213,522 169,885 1,481,051 18,598 2.6% 2.5% 2.1% 17.4% 0.2% 162,715 154,246 160,674 992,232 3,754 2.2% 2.1% 2.1% 13.3% 0.1% 121,746 73,676 98,275 514,300 2,542 1.9% 1.2% 1.5% 8.0% —% 61,403 13,140 122,200 248,584 601 1.2% 0.3% 2.4% 5.0% —% 24,061 14,740 118,945 152,619 1,971 0.7% 0.4% 3.3% 4.2% 0.1% 8,517,686 100.0% 7,449,261 100.0% 6,402,459 100.0% 5,001,271 100.0% 3,592,880 100.0% (49,151) (40,832) (35,826) (28,327) (18,373) (36,246) (33,936) (11,954) (44,326) (41,666) $8,432,289 $7,374,493 $6,354,679 $4,928,618 $3,532,841 The following table sets forth the amount of loans maturing in our total loans held for investment based on the contractual terms to maturity: (Dollars in thousands) June 30, 2018 Term to Contractual Maturity Less Than Three Months Over Three Months Through One Year Over One Year Through Five Years Over Five Years Total $ 363,626 $ 628,659 $ 1,370,582 $ 6,154,819 $ 8,517,686 5 The following table sets forth the amount of our loans at June 30, 2018 that are due after June 30, 2019 and indicates whether they have fixed, floating or adjustable interest rates: (Dollars in thousands) Single family real estate secured: Mortgage Home equity Warehouse and other Multifamily real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Fixed Floating or Adjustable Total $ 59,366 $ 4,080,062 $ 727 142,960 25,328 7,751 213,429 167,909 175,224 19,483 1,573 41,131 1,609,521 210,297 — — 770,640 — 4,139,428 2,300 184,091 1,634,849 218,048 213,429 167,909 945,864 19,483 $ 812,177 $ 6,713,224 $ 7,525,401 Our mortgage loans are secured by properties primarily located in the western United States. The following table shows the largest states and regions ranked by location of these properties: State or Region California—south1 California—north2 New York Florida Arizona Washington Illinois Hawaii Colorado Texas All other states Percentage of Loan Principal Secured by Real Estate Located in State or Region At June 30, 2018 Single family Total Real Estate Mortgage Loans Mortgage Home Equity Multifamily real estate secured Commercial real estate secured 53.34% 17.74% 7.89% 5.76% 2.43% 1.61% 1.41% 1.41% 1.14% 0.90% 6.37% 52.17% 15.98% 10.35% 7.50% 3.31% 1.08% 0.21% 1.91% 0.78% 0.54% 6.17% 100.00% 100.00% 41.13% 11.58% 11.58% 0.90% 2.93% 6.11% —% —% —% —% 25.77% 100.00% 56.24% 21.16% 2.16% 1.59% 0.39% 3.09% 4.13% 0.22% 2.09% 1.80% 7.13% 55.29% 27.03% 1.71% 2.17% —% 1.24% 4.94% 0.41% 1.08% 1.52% 4.61% 100.00% 100.00% 1 Consists of mortgage loans secured by real property in California with ZIP Code ranges from 90000 to 92999. 2 Consists of mortgage loans secured by real property in California with ZIP Code ranges from 93000 to 96999. The ratio of the loan amount to the value of the property securing the loan is called the loan-to-value ratio (“LTV”). The following table shows the LTVs of our loan portfolio on weighted-average and median bases at June 30, 2018. The LTVs were calculated by dividing (a) the loan principal balance less principal repayments by (b) the appraisal value of the property securing the loan. Single family Total Real Estate Mortgage Loans Mortgage Home Equity1 Multifamily real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Weighted Average LTV Median LTV 55.35% 56.40% 56.61% 58.12% 30.69% 54.87% 52.80% 51.40% 49.58% 46.82% 1 Amounts represent combined LTV calculated by adding the current balances of both the first and second liens of the borrower and dividing that sum by an independent estimated value of the property at the time of origination. Our effective weighted-average LTV of 56.04% for real estate mortgage loans originated during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 has resulted, and we believe will continue to result, in relatively low average loan defaults and favorable write-off experience. 6 Loan Underwriting Process and Criteria. We individually underwrite the loans that we originate and all loans that we purchase. For our brand partnership lending products, we construct or validate loan origination models to meet our minimum standards as further described below. Our loan underwriting policies and procedures are written and adopted by our board of directors and our credit committee. Credit extensions generated by the Bank conform to the intent and technical requirements of our lending policies and the applicable lending regulations of our federal regulators. In the underwriting process we consider all relevant factors including the borrower’s credit score, credit history, documented income, existing and new debt obligations, the value of the collateral, and other internal and external factors. For all multifamily and commercial loans, we rely primarily on the cash flow from the underlying property as the expected source of repayment, but we also endeavor to obtain personal guarantees from all material owners or partners of the borrower. In evaluating a multifamily or commercial credit, we consider all relevant factors including the outside financial assets of the material owners or partners, payment history at the Bank or other financial institutions, and the management / ownership experience with similar properties or businesses. In evaluating the borrower’s qualifications, we consider primarily the borrower’s other financial resources, experience in owning or managing similar properties and payment history with us or other financial institutions. In evaluating the underlying property, we consider primarily the recurring net operating income of the property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of net operating income to debt service and the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value. Lending Limits. As a savings association, we are generally subject to the same lending limit rules applicable to national banks. With limited exceptions, the maximum amount that we may lend to any borrower, including related entities of the borrower, at any one time may not exceed 15% of our unimpaired capital and surplus, plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus for loans fully secured by readily marketable collateral. See “Regulation of BofI Federal Bank” for further information. At June 30, 2018, the Bank’s loans-to-one-borrower limit was $133.1 million, based upon the 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus measurement. At June 30, 2018, our largest loan and single lending relationship was $100.0 million. Loan and Lease Quality and Credit Risk. Historically, our level of non-performing mortgage loans as a percentage of our loan and lease portfolio has been relatively low compared to the overall residential lending market. The economy and the mortgage and consumer credit markets have stabilized. Additionally, we have recently increased our efforts to make loans to businesses through lending programs that are not as seasoned as our mortgage lending. Therefore, we anticipate that our rate of non-performing loans and leases may increase in the future, and we have provided an allowance for estimated loan and lease losses. Non-performing assets are defined as non-performing loans and leases, real estate acquired by foreclosure or deed-in-lieu thereof and repossessed vehicles. Generally, non-performing loans and leases are defined as nonaccrual loans and leases and loans and leases 90 days or more overdue. Troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) are defined as loans that we have agreed to modify by accepting below market terms either by granting interest rate concessions or by deferring principal or interest payments due to financial difficulty of the customer. Our policy with respect to non-performing assets is to place such assets on nonaccrual status when, in the judgment of management, the probability of collection of interest is deemed to be insufficient to warrant further accrual. When a loan or lease is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest will be deducted from interest income. Our general policy is to not accrue interest on loans and leases past due 90 days or more, unless the individual borrower circumstances dictate otherwise. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis — “Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for a history of non-performing assets and allowance for loan and lease losses. Investment Securities Portfolio. We classify each investment security according to our intent to hold the security to maturity, trade the security at fair value or make the security available-for-sale. We invest available funds in government and high- grade non-agency securities. Our investment policy, as established by our Board of Directors, is designed to maintain liquidity and generate a favorable return on investment without incurring undue interest rate risk, credit risk or portfolio asset concentration risk. Under our investment policy, we are currently authorized to invest in agency mortgage-backed obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States government, non-agency mortgage-backed obligations, specific federal agency obligations, municipal obligations, specific time deposits, negotiable certificates of deposit issued by commercial banks and other insured financial institutions, investment grade corporate debt securities and other specified investments. We also buy and sell securities to facilitate liquidity and to help manage our interest rate risk. During the quarter ended September 30, 2016, the Company elected to reclassify all of its held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale. See Note 4 – “Securities” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. 7 The following table sets forth the dollar amount of our securities portfolio by intent at the end of each of the last five fiscal years: (Dollars in thousands) Fiscal year end June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 June 30, 2016 June 30, 2015 June 30, 2014 Available-for-Sale Held-to-maturity Fair Value Carrying Amount Trading Fair Value Total $ 180,305 $ 264,470 265,447 163,361 214,778 — $ — 199,174 225,555 247,729 — $ 8,327 7,584 7,832 8,066 180,305 272,797 472,205 396,748 470,573 The following table sets forth the expected maturity distribution of our mortgage-backed securities and the contractual maturity distribution of our Non-RMBS securities and the weighted-average yield for each range of maturities: (Dollars in thousands) Amount Yield1 Amount Yield1 Total Amount Due Within One Year At June 30, 2018 Due After One but within Five Years Yield1 Amount Due After Five but within Ten Years Yield1 Amount Due After Ten Years Yield1 Amount Available-for-sale Mortgage-backed securities: U.S. Agency2 Non-Agency3 Total Mortgage- Backed Securities Non-RMBS Municipal Asset-backed securities and structured notes $ 13,102 0.18% $ 1,371 1.54% $ 4,004 1.68% $ 3,008 1.84% $ 4,719 (2.55)% 19,384 4.67% 3,012 4.97% 8,902 4.84% 5,583 4.46% 1,887 3.96 % $ 32,486 2.86% $ 4,383 3.90% $ 12,906 3.86% $ 8,591 3.54% $ 6,606 (0.69)% $ 20,953 2.85% $ 6,089 1.20% $ 1,033 1.30% $ 127,558 6.04% 69,611 6.06% 57,947 6.01% — — — —% $ 13,831 3.70 % —% — — % —% $ 13,831 3.70 % Total Non-RMBS $ 148,511 5.59% $ 75,700 5.67% $ 58,980 5.93% $ Available-for-sale—Amortized Cost $ 180,997 5.10% $ 80,083 5.58% $ 71,886 5.56% $ 8,591 3.54% $ 20,437 Available-for-sale—Fair Value $ 180,305 5.10% $ 81,029 5.58% $ 71,969 5.56% $ 7,939 3.54% $ 19,368 Total securities $ 180,305 5.10% $ 81,029 5.58% $ 71,969 5.56% $ 7,939 3.54% $ 19,368 2.28 % 2.28 % 2.28 % 1 Weighted-average yield is based on amortized cost of the securities. Residential mortgage-backed security yields and maturities include impact of expected prepayments and other timing factors such as interest rate forward curve. Yields presented in this table are adjusted for OTTI, which is non-accretable. 2 U.S. government-backed or government-sponsored enterprises including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. 3 Private sponsors of securities collateralized primarily by pools of 1-4 family residential first mortgages. Primarily super senior securities and secured by prime, Alt-A or pay-option ARM mortgages. 4 Collateralized debt obligations secured by pools of bank trust preferred securities. Our securities portfolio of $180.3 million at June 30, 2018 is composed of approximately 7.2% U.S. agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and other debt securities issued by the government-sponsored enterprises Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (each, a “GSE” and, together, the “GSEs”), primarily Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae; 1.1% Alt-A, private-issue super senior, first-lien RMBS; 8.6% Pay-Option ARM, private-issue super senior first-lien RMBS; 11.2% Municipal securities and 71.9% other residential mortgage-backed, asset-backed and whole business securities. We had no commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), sub-prime RMBS, or bank pooled trust preferred securities at June 30, 2018. 8 We manage the credit risk of our non-agency RMBS by purchasing those securities which we believe have the most favorable blend of historic credit performance and remaining credit enhancements including subordination, over collateralization, excess spread and purchase discounts. Substantially all of our non-agency RMBS are super senior tranches protected against realized loss by subordinated tranches. The amount of structural subordination available to protect each of our securities (expressed as a percentage of the current face value) is known as credit enhancement. At June 30, 2018, the weighted-average credit enhancement in our entire non-agency RMBS portfolio was 18.9%. The credit enhancement percentage and the ratings agency grade (e.g. “AA”) do not consider additional credit protection available to the Bank, if needed, from its purchase discount. All of the Bank’s non- agency RMBS purchases were at a discount to par and we do not solely rely upon nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSRO”) ratings when determining classification. This change in Bank policy was brought about by changes in regulatory stance regarding classification of securities as mandated by Congress under section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act, which required any reference to, or reliance on, NRSROs to be removed when determining the creditworthiness of securities. We have experienced personnel monitor the performance and measure the security for impairment in accordance with regulatory guidance. As of June 30, 2018, 27.4% of our non-agency RMBS securities have been downgraded from investment grade at acquisition to below investment grade. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis—“Critical Accounting Policies—Securities.” DEPOSIT GENERATION We offer a full line of deposit products, which we source through our online distribution channels using an operating platform and marketing strategies that emphasize low operating costs and are flexible and scalable for our business. Our full featured products and platforms, 24/7 customer service and our affinity relationships result in customer accounts with strong retention characteristics. We continuously collect customer feedback and improve our processes to satisfy customer needs. At June 30, 2018, we had $7,985.4 million in deposits of which $6,017.6 million, or 75.4% were demand and savings accounts and $1,967.7 million, or 24.6% were time deposits. We generate deposit customer relationships through our distribution channels including websites, sales teams, online advertising, print and digital advertising, financial advisory firms, affinity partnerships and lending businesses which generate escrow deposits and other operating funds. Our distribution channels include: • A business banking division, which focuses on providing deposit products nationwide to industry verticals (e.g., Homeowners’ Associations and Non-Profit) as well as cash management products to a variety of businesses through a dedicated sales team; • A national online banking brand with tailored products targeted to specific consumer segments. For example, one tailored product is designed for customers who are looking for full-featured demand accounts and very competitive fees and interest rates, while another product targets primarily tech-savvy, Generation X and Generation Y customers that are seeking a low-fee cost structure and a high-yield savings account; • A concierge banking offer through Virtus Bank serving the needs of high net worth individuals with premium products and dedicated service; • Financial advisory firms who introduce their clients to our deposit products through BofI Advisor; • Relationships with affinity groups where we gain access to the affinity group’s members; • A call center that opens accounts through self-generated internet leads, third-party purchased leads, affinity relationships, and our retention and cross-sell efforts to our existing customer base; • A prepaid card division, which provides card issuing and BIN sponsorship services to companies and generate low cost deposits; and • A bankruptcy and non-bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary service business who introduce their clients to our deposit products. Our online consumer banking platform is full-featured requiring only single sign-in with quick and secure access to activity, statements and other features including: Purchase Rewards. Customers can earn cash back by using their VISA® Debit Card at select merchants. Mobile Banking. Customers can access with Touch ID on eligible devices, review account balances, transfer funds, deposit checks and pay bills from the convenience of their mobile phone. Mobile Deposit. Customers can instantly deposit checks from their smart phones using our Mobile App. Online Bill Payment Service. Customers can automatically pay their bills online from their account. Peer to Peer payments. Customers can securely send money via email or text messaging through this service. My Deposit. Customers can scan checks with this remote deposit solution from their home computers. Scanned images will be electronically transmitted for deposit directly to their account. 9 Text Message Banking. Customers can view their account balances, transaction history, and transfer funds between their accounts via these text message commands from their mobile phones. Unlimited ATM reimbursements. With certain checking accounts, Customers are reimbursed for any fees incurred using an ATM (excludes international ATM transactions). This gives them access to any ATM in the nation, for free. Secure Email. Customers can send and receive secure emails from our customer service department without concern for the security of their information. InterBank Transfer. Customers can transfer money to their accounts at other financial institutions from their online banking platform. VISA® Debit Cards or ATM Cards. Customers may choose to receive either a free VISA® Debit or an ATM card upon account opening. Customers can access their accounts worldwide at ATMs and any other locations that accept VISA® Debit cards. Overdraft Protection. Eligible Customers can enroll in one of our overdraft protection programs. Digital Wallets. Our Apple Pay™, Samsung Pay™ and Android Pay™ solutions provide the same ease to pay as a debit card with an eligible device. The mobile experience is easy and seamless. Cash Deposit through Reload @ the Register. Customers can visit any Walmart, Safeway, ACE Cash Express, CVS Pharmacy, Dollar General, Dollar Tree, Family Dollar, Kroger, Rite Aid, 7-Eleven and Walgreens, and ask to load cash into their account at the register. A fee is applied. Our consumer and business deposit balances consisted of 52.9% and 47.1% of total deposits at June 30, 2018, respectively. Our business deposit accounts feature a full suite of treasury and cash management products for our business customers including online and mobile banking, remote deposit capture, analyzed business checking and money market accounts. We service our business customers by providing them with a dedicated relationship manager and an experienced business banking operations team. Our deposit operations are conducted through a centralized, scalable operating platform which supports all of our distribution channels. The integrated nature of our systems and our ability to efficiently scale our operations create competitive advantages that support our value proposition to customers. Additionally, the features described above such as online account opening and online bill-pay promote self-service and further reduce our operating expenses. We believe our deposit franchise will continue to provide lower all-in funding costs (interest expense plus operating costs) with greater scalability than branch-intensive banking models because the traditional branch model with high fixed operating costs will experience continued declines in consumer traffic due to the decline in paper check deposits and due to growing consumer preferences to bank online. The number of deposit accounts at the end of each of the last five fiscal years is set forth below: 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 At June 30, Non-interest-bearing, prepaid and other 3,535,904 3,113,128 1,816,266 Checking and savings accounts Time deposits 270,082 2,309 274,962 2,748 292,012 4,807 Total number of deposit accounts 3,808,295 3,390,838 2,113,085 553,245 31,461 5,515 590,221 182,011 24,098 7,571 213,680 The net increase of 422,776 of non-interest bearing, prepaid and other accounts for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 was primarily the result of new H&R Block-branded products. Our non-interest bearing, prepaid and other accounts contain two omnibus accounts that when condensed for regulatory reporting purposes result in 7,368 accounts as of June 30, 2018. 10 Deposit Composition. The following table sets forth the dollar amount of deposits by type and weighted average interest rates at the end of each of the last five fiscal years: 2018 2017 At June 30, 2016 2015 2014 (Dollars in thousands) Amount Rate1 Amount Rate1 Amount Rate1 Amount Rate1 Amount Rate1 Non-interest-bearing $ 1,015,355 — $ 848,544 — $ 588,774 — $ 309,339 — $ 186,786 — Interest-bearing: Demand Savings 2,519,845 1.60% 2,593,491 0.89% 1,916,525 0.63% 1,224,308 0.48% 1,129,535 2,482,430 1.31% 2,651,176 0.81% 2,484,994 0.69% 2,126,792 0.67% 935,973 Total demand and savings 5,002,275 1.46% 5,244,667 0.85% 4,401,519 0.66% 3,351,100 0.60% 2,065,508 Time deposits 1,967,720 2.32% 806,296 2.46% 1,053,758 1.96% 791,478 1.99% 789,242 Total interest-bearing 6,969,995 1.70% 6,050,963 1.06% 5,455,277 0.91% 4,142,578 0.87% 2,854,750 0.63% 0.73% 0.67% 1.61% 0.93% Total deposits $ 7,985,350 1.48% $ 6,899,507 0.93% $ 6,044,051 0.82% $ 4,451,917 0.81% $ 3,041,536 0.88% 1 Based on weighted-average stated interest rates at the end of the period. The following tables set forth the average balance, the interest expense and the average rate paid on each type of deposit at the end of each of the last five fiscal years: 2018 2017 2016 For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, (Dollars in thousands) Average Balance Interest Expense Avg. Rate Paid Average Balance Interest Expense Avg. Rate Paid Average Balance Interest Expense Avg. Rate Paid Demand Savings Time deposits Total interest- bearing deposits Total deposits $ 2,381,000 $ 28,807 1.21% $ 2,197,000 $ 16,049 0.73% $ 1,460,266 $ 8,750 2,325,238 990,635 25,206 25,838 1.08% 2.61% 2,422,769 941,919 18,507 21,938 0.76% 2.33% 2,189,157 852,590 15,861 18,056 $ 5,696,873 $ 6,749,817 $ $ 79,851 79,851 1.40% $ 5,561,688 1.18% $ 6,336,099 $ $ 56,494 56,494 1.02% $ 4,502,013 0.89% $ 5,241,777 $ $ 42,667 42,667 0.60% 0.72% 2.12% 0.95% 0.81% (Dollars in thousands) Demand Savings Time deposits Total interest-bearing deposits Total deposits For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, Average Balance $ 1,549,207 $ 1,313,088 790,661 $ $ 3,652,956 3,908,277 $ $ 2015 Interest Expense 10,165 10,544 14,024 34,733 34,733 Avg. Rate Paid Average Balance 2014 Interest Expense Avg. Rate Paid 0.66% $ 869,673 $ 0.80% 1.77% 653,211 876,621 0.95% $ 2,399,505 0.89% $ 2,523,364 $ $ 5,736 4,987 14,094 24,817 24,817 0.66% 0.76% 1.61% 1.03% 0.98% The following table shows the maturity dates of our certificates of deposit at the end of each of the last five fiscal years: (Dollars in thousands) 2018 2017 At June 30, 2016 2015 2014 Within 12 months 13 to 24 months 25 to 36 months 37 to 48 months 49 months and thereafter Total $ 1,259,119 $ 187,536 $ 497,825 $ 373,999 $ 97,226 11,118 35,981 564,276 14,149 74,631 3,305 526,675 41,668 5,463 71,518 437,284 73,118 36,991 4,605 302,765 $ 1,967,720 $ 806,296 $ 1,053,758 $ 791,478 $ 363,879 137,647 61,491 31,867 194,358 789,242 11 The following table shows maturities of our time deposits having principal amounts of $100,000 or more at the end of each of the last five fiscal years: (Dollars in thousands) Fiscal year end June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 June 30, 2016 June 30, 2015 June 30, 2014 Term to Maturity Within Three Months Over Three Months to Six Months Over Six Months to One Year Over One Year Total $ 96,837 $ 75,464 $ 33,125 $ 41,569 $ 71,771 100,048 37,842 74,741 21,137 133,603 189,604 107,997 71,266 228,532 106,826 115,127 606,892 539,726 386,837 384,083 246,995 771,066 1,001,909 721,109 681,948 Borrowings. In addition to deposits, we have historically funded our asset growth through advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (“FHLB”). Our bank can borrow up to 40% of its total assets from the FHLB, and borrowings are collateralized by mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities pledged to the FHLB. At June 30, 2018, the Company had $457.0 million advances outstanding with another $1.6 billion available immediately, which represents a fully collateralized position, for advances from the FHLB for terms up to ten years. The Bank has federal funds lines of credit with two major banks totaling $35.0 million. At June 30, 2018, the Bank had no outstanding balance on either line. The Bank can also borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRB”), and borrowings may be collateralized by commercial, consumer and mortgage loans as well as securities pledged to the FRB. Based on loans and securities pledged at June 30, 2018, we had a total borrowing capacity of approximately $917.0 million, none of which was outstanding. The Bank has additional unencumbered collateral that could be pledged to the FRB Discount Window to increase borrowing liquidity. On December 16, 2004, we completed a transaction in which we formed a trust and issued $5.0 million of trust-preferred securities. The net proceeds from the offering were used to purchase approximately $5.2 million of junior subordinated debentures of our Company with a stated maturity date of February 23, 2035. The debentures are the sole assets of the trust. The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. We have the right to redeem the debentures in whole (but not in part) on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indenture plus any accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date. Interest accrues at the rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.4%, for a rate of 4.73% as of June 30, 2018, and is paid quarterly. In March 2016, we completed the sale of $51.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6.25% Subordinated Notes due February 28, 2026 (the “Notes”). We received $51.0 million in gross proceeds as a part of this transaction, before the 3.15% underwriting discount and other offering expenses. The Notes mature on February 28, 2026 and accrue interest at a rate of 6.25% per annum, with interest payable quarterly. The Notes may be redeemed on or after March 31, 2021, which date may be extended at our discretion, at a redemption price equal to principal plus accrued and unpaid interest, subject to certain conditions. 12 The table below sets forth the amount of our borrowings, the maximum amount of borrowings in each category during any month-end during each reported period, the approximate average amounts outstanding during each reported period and the approximate weighted average interest rate thereon at or for the last five fiscal years: At or For The Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 (Dollars in thousands) Advances from the FHLB: Average balance outstanding $ 1,296,120 $ 798,982 $ 855,029 $ 700,805 Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period $ 2,240,000 $ 1,317,000 $ 1,129,000 $ 1,075,000 Balance outstanding at end of period Average interest rate at end of period Average interest rate during period Securities sold under agreements to repurchase: Average balance outstanding Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period Balance outstanding at end of period Average interest rate at end of period Average interest rate during period Subordinated notes and debentures and other: Average balance outstanding Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period Balance outstanding at end of period Average interest rate at end of period Average interest rate during period MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS $ 457,000 $ 640,000 $ 727,000 $ 753,000 2.14% 1.76% 1.79% 1.55% $ $ $ $ $ $ 5,575 20,000 $ $ 33,068 35,000 — $ 20,000 —% 4.11% 4.25% 4.43% 54,522 54,552 54,552 $ $ $ 55,873 56,511 54,463 6.55% 6.70% 6.57% 6.62% $ $ $ $ $ $ 1.53% 1.31% 35,000 35,000 35,000 4.38% 4.44% 22,025 58,185 58,066 6.27% 5.90% $ $ $ $ $ $ 1.36% 1.27% 36,562 45,000 35,000 4.38% 4.47% 5,155 5,155 5,155 2.68% 2.77% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 576,307 910,000 910,000 0.97% 1.21% 85,726 110,000 45,000 4.46% 4.48% 5,155 5,155 5,155 2.63% 2.77% From time to time we undertake acquisitions or similar transactions consistent with our operating and growth strategies. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, there were transactions that are discussed further in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the heading “Mergers and Acquisitions.” TECHNOLOGY Our technology is built on a collection of enterprise and client platforms that have been purchased, developed in-house or integrated with software systems to provide products and services to our customers. The implementation of our technology has been conducted using industry best-practices and using standardized approaches in system design, software development, testing and delivery. At the core of our infrastructure, we have designed and implemented secure and scalable hardware solutions to ensure we meet the needs of our business. Our customer experiences were designed to address the needs of an internet-only bank and its customers. Our websites and technology platforms drive our customer-focused and self-service engagement model, reducing the need for human interaction while increasing our overall operating efficiencies. Our focus on internal technology platforms enable continuous automation and secure and scalable processing environments for increased transaction capacity. We intend to continue to improve and adapt technology platforms to meet business objectives and implement new systems with the goal of efficiently enabling our business. SECURITY We recognize that information is a critical asset. How information is managed, controlled and protected has a significant impact on the delivery of services. Information assets, including those held in trust, must be protected from unauthorized use, disclosure, theft, loss, destruction and alteration. We employ an information security program to achieve our security objectives. The program is designed to identify, measure, manage and control the risks to system and data availability, integrity, and confidentiality, and to ensure accountability for system actions. 13 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS We register our various Internet URL addresses with service companies, and work actively with bank regulators to identify potential naming conflicts with competing financial institutions. Policing unauthorized use of proprietary information is difficult and litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights. We own certain Internet domain names. Domain names in the United States and in foreign countries are regulated, and the laws and regulations governing the Internet are continually evolving. Additionally, the relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws protecting intellectual property rights is not entirely clear. As a result, in the future, we may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our trademark and other intellectual property rights. EMPLOYEES At June 30, 2018, we had 801 full-time equivalent employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppage and consider our relations with our employees to be satisfactory. COMPETITION The market for banking and financial services is intensely competitive, and we expect competition to continue to intensify in the future. The Bank attracts deposits through its online acquisition channels. Competition for those deposits comes from a wide variety of other banks, savings institutions, and credit unions. The Bank competes for these deposits by offering superior service and a variety of deposit accounts at competitive rates. In real estate lending, we compete against traditional real estate lenders, including large and small savings banks, commercial banks, mortgage bankers and mortgage brokers. Many of our current and potential competitors have greater brand recognition, longer operating histories, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and are capable of providing strong price and customer service competition. In order to compete profitably, we may need to reduce the rates we offer on loans and investments and increase the rates we offer on deposits, which may adversely affect our overall financial condition and earnings. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. REGULATION GENERAL BofI Holding, Inc. (the “Company”) is regulated as a savings and loan holding company by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). The Company is required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of, the Federal Reserve. The Bank, as a federal savings bank, is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) as its primary regulator, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as its deposit insurer. The Bank must file reports with the OCC and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted on July 21, 2010, created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve that has broad authority to issue regulations implementing numerous consumer laws, to which we are subject. The regulation of savings and loan holding companies and savings associations is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and not for the benefit of our stockholders. The following information describes aspects of the material laws and regulations applicable to the Company and the Bank. The information below does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all applicable laws and regulations. In addition, new and amended legislation, rules and regulations governing the Company and the Bank are introduced from time to time by the U.S. government and its various agencies. Any such legislation, regulatory changes or amendments could adversely affect the Company or the Bank, and no assurance can be given as to whether, or in what form, any such changes may occur. REGULATION OF BOFI HOLDING, INC. General. The Company is a unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (“HOLA”). Accordingly, the Company is registered as a savings and loan holding company with the Federal Reserve and is subject to the Federal Reserve’s regulations, examinations, supervision and reporting requirements. In addition, the Federal Reserve has enforcement authority over the Company and its subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution. The Company recently elected to be treated as a “financial holding company” under Federal Reserve rules. 14  Capital. Savings and loan holding companies, such as the Company, were historically not subject to specific regulatory capital requirements. However, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, savings and loan holding companies are now subject to the same capital and activity requirements as those applicable to bank holding companies. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act required that the Federal Reserve promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are not less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. In July 2013, the Company’s primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve, and the Bank’s primary federal regulator, the OCC, published final rules (the “New Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The rules implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 capital framework known as “Basel III” for strengthening international capital standards as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The New Capital Rules substantially revise the capital requirements applicable to depository institutions and their holding companies, including the Company and the Bank, and are discussed in more detail below under “Regulation of BofI Federal Bank – Regulatory Capital Requirements and Prompt Corrective Action”. Source of Strength. The Dodd-Frank Act extends the Federal Reserve “source of strength” doctrine to savings and loan holding companies. Such policy requires holding companies to act as a source of financial strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of an institution’s financial distress. The regulatory agencies have yet to issue joint regulations implementing this policy. Change in Control. The federal banking laws require that appropriate regulatory approvals must be obtained before an individual or company may take actions to “control” a bank or savings association. The definition of control found in the HOLA is similar to that found in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (“BHCA”) for bank holding companies. Both statutes apply a similar three-prong test for determining when a company controls a bank or savings association. Specifically, a company has control over either a bank or savings association if the company: • • • directly or indirectly or acting in concert with one or more persons, owns, controls, or has the power to vote 25% or more of the voting securities of a company; controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors (or any individual who performs similar functions in respect of any company, including a trustee under a trust) of the board; or directly or indirectly exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank. Regulation LL, which was implemented in 2011 by the Federal Reserve, includes a specific definition of “control” similar to the statutory definition, with certain additional provisions. Additionally, Regulation LL modifies the regulations for purposes of determining when a company or natural person acquires control of a savings association or savings and loan holding company under the HOLA or the Change in Bank Control Act (“CBCA”). In light of the similarity between the statutes governing bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies, the Federal Reserve uses its established rules and processes with respect to control determinations under HOLA and the CBCA to ensure consistency between equivalent statutes administered by the same agency. Furthermore, the Federal Reserve may not approve any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions; (i) the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies and (ii) the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisition. The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions. In August 2018 the Company received approval from the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco and became a savings and loan holding company that is treated as a financial holding company under the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve. Financial holding companies are generally permitted to affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are "financial in nature." Such activities include, among other things, securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; and activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be closely related to banking. No regulatory approval is required for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve. REGULATION OF BOFI FEDERAL BANK General. As a federally-chartered savings and loan association whose deposit accounts are insured by FDIC, BofI Federal Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the FDIC and the OCC. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the examination, regulation and supervision of savings associations, such as BofI Federal Bank, were transferred from the OTS to the OCC, the federal regulator of national banks under the National Bank Act. The following discussion summarizes some of the principal areas of regulation applicable to the Bank and its operations. 15 Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The FDIC administers a deposit insurance fund (the “DIF”) that insures depositors in certain types of accounts up to a prescribed amount for the loss of any such depositor’s respective deposits due to the failure of an FDIC member depository institution. As the administrator of the DIF, the FDIC assesses its member depository institutions and determines the appropriate DIF premiums to be paid by each such institution. The FDIC is authorized to examine its member institutions and to require that they file periodic reports of their condition and operations. The FDIC may also prohibit any member institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the DIF. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings associations, after giving the primary federal regulator the opportunity to take such action. The FDIC may terminate an institution’s access to the DIF if it determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of our access to the DIF. BofI Federal Bank is a member depository institution of the FDIC and its deposits are insured by the DIF up to the applicable limits, which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Effective with the passing of the Dodd- Frank Act, the basic deposit insurance limit was permanently raised to $250,000, instead of the $100,000 limit previously in effect. Effective July 1, 2016, the FDIC revised the deposit insurance premium assessment method for banks with less than $10 billion in assets that have been insured by the FDIC for at least five years. This revision changed the assessment method to the financial ratios method, which is based on a statistical model estimating the probability of failure of a bank over three years. The FDIC also updated the financial measures used in the financial ratios method consistent with the statistical model, eliminated risk categories for established small banks, and used the financial ratios method to determine assessment rates for all such banks (subject to minimum or maximum initial assessment rates based upon a bank’s composite examination rating). The initial base assessment rates for all insured institutions were reduced from 5 to 35 basis points to 3 to 30 basis points. Total base assessment rates after possible adjustments were reduced from 2.5 to 45 basis points to 1.5 to 40 basis points. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future. Regulatory Capital Requirements and Prompt Corrective Action. The prompt corrective action regulation of the OCC requires mandatory actions and authorizes other discretionary actions to be taken by the OCC against a savings association that falls within undercapitalized capital categories specified in OCC regulations. The New Capital Rules narrow the definition of regulatory capital and establish higher minimum risk-based capital ratios that, when fully phased in, will require banking organizations to maintain a minimum “common equity Tier 1” (or “CET1”) ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% (increased from 4.0%), a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%, and a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0% (calculated as Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets). The effective date of these requirements for the Company and the Bank was January 1, 2015. A capital conservation buffer of 2.5% above each of these levels (to be phased in over three years which began in 2016, beginning at 0.625% and increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019) will be required for banking institutions to avoid restrictions on their ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends. The New Capital Rules provide for a number of new deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non- consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1. Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 began on January 1, 2015 and will be phased in over three years for the Bank. The implementation of certain regulations and standards relating to regulatory capital could disproportionately affect our regulatory capital position relative to that of our competitors, including those that may not be subject to the same regulatory requirements as the Bank. Various aspects of Basel III will be subject to multi-year transition periods ending December 31, 2018 and Basel III generally continues to be subject to further evaluation and interpretation by the U.S. banking regulators. As of June 30, 2018, the Company and the Bank remain well-capitalized under the currently enacted capital adequacy requirements of Basel III, and would remain well-capitalized when including implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 on a fully phased-in basis. In general, the prompt corrective action regulation prohibits an FDIC member institution from declaring any dividends, making any other capital distribution, or paying a management fee to a controlling person if, following the distribution or payment, the institution would be within any of the three undercapitalized categories. In addition, adequately capitalized institutions may accept brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC, but are subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions may not accept, renew or roll-over brokered deposits. 16 If the OCC determines that an institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition, or if the institution is deemed to be engaging in an unsafe and unsound practice, the OCC may, if the institution is well-capitalized, reclassify it as adequately capitalized. If the institution is adequately capitalized, but not well-capitalized, the OCC may require it to comply with restrictions applicable to undercapitalized institutions. If the institution is undercapitalized, the OCC may require it to comply with restrictions applicable to significantly undercapitalized institutions. Finally, pursuant to an interagency agreement, the FDIC can examine any institution that has a substandard regulatory examination score or is considered undercapitalized without the express permission of the institution’s primary regulator. Capital regulations applicable to savings associations such as the Bank also require savings associations to meet the additional capital standard of tangible capital equal to at least 1.5% of total adjusted assets. The Bank’s capital requirements are viewed as minimum standards and most financial institutions are expected to maintain capital levels well above the minimum. In addition, OCC regulations provide that minimum capital levels greater than those provided in the regulations may be established by the OCC for individual savings associations upon a determination that the savings association’s capital is or may become inadequate in view of its circumstances. BofI Federal Bank is not subject to any such individual minimum regulatory capital requirement and the Bank’s regulatory capital exceeded all minimum regulatory capital requirements as of June 30, 2018. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” In connection with the approval of the acquisition of the H&R Block Bank deposits on September 1, 2015, the Bank executed a letter agreement with the OCC to maintain its Tier 1 leverage capital ratio at a minimum of 8.50% for the quarters ended in June, September and December and a minimum of 8.00% for the quarter ended in March, subject to certain adjustments. At June 30, 2018 the Bank is in compliance with this letter agreement. As of August 2018, due to the Bank’s satisfactory operational performance under the letter agreement the OCC has removed the additional capital maintenance requirements required in the letter agreement. Standards for Safety and Soundness. The federal banking regulatory agencies have prescribed, by regulation, guidelines for all insured depository institutions relating to: (i) internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; (ii) loan documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) interest rate risk exposure; (v) asset growth; (vi) asset quality; (vii) earnings; and (viii) compensation, fees and benefits. The guidelines set forth safety and soundness standards that the federal banking regulatory agencies use to identify and address problems at FDIC member institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the OCC determines that the Bank fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the OCC may require us to submit to it an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. OCC regulations establish deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness compliance plans in response to any such determination. We are not aware of any conditions relating to these safety and soundness standards that would require us to submit a plan of compliance to the OCC. Loans-to-One-Borrower Limitations. Savings associations generally are subject to the lending limits applicable to national banks. With limited exceptions, the maximum amount that a savings association or a national bank may lend to any borrower, including related entities of the borrower, at one time may not exceed 15% of the unimpaired capital and surplus of the institution, plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus for loans fully secured by readily marketable collateral. Savings associations are additionally authorized to make loans to one borrower by order of its regulator, in an amount not to exceed the lesser of $30.0 million or 30% of unimpaired capital and surplus for the purpose of developing residential housing, if the following specified conditions are met: • The savings association is in compliance with its fully phased-in capital requirements; • The loans comply with applicable loan-to-value requirements; and • The aggregate amount of loans made under this authority does not exceed 150% of unimpaired capital and surplus. Qualified Thrift Lender Test. Savings associations must meet a qualified thrift lender, or “QTL,” test. This test may be met either by maintaining a specified level of portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments as specified by the HOLA, or by meeting the definition of a “domestic building and loan association” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code”. Qualified thrift investments are primarily residential mortgage loans and related investments, including mortgage related securities. Portfolio assets generally mean total assets less specified liquid assets, goodwill and other intangible assets and the value of property used in the conduct of the Bank’s business. The required percentage of qualified thrift investments under the HOLA is 65% of “portfolio assets” (defined as total assets less: (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (ii) intangibles, including goodwill; and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business). An association must be in compliance with the QTL test or the definition of domestic building and loan association on a monthly basis in nine out of every 12 months. Savings associations that fail to meet the QTL test will generally be prohibited from engaging in any activity not permitted for both a national bank and a savings association. At June 30, 2018, the Bank was in compliance with its QTL requirement and met the definition of a domestic building and loan association. 17 Liquidity Standard. Savings associations are required to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure safe and sound operations. As of June 30, 2018, BofI Federal Bank was in compliance with the applicable liquidity standard. Volcker Rule. Effective April 15, 2014, the federal banking agencies have adopted regulations with a conformance period for certain features that lasted until July 21, 2017, to implement the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act known as the Volcker Rule. Under the regulations, FDIC-insured depository institutions, their holding companies, subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, “banking entities”), are generally prohibited, subject to certain exemptions, from proprietary trading of securities and other financial instruments and from acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in a “covered fund.” The term “covered fund” can include, in addition to many private equity and hedge funds and other entities, certain collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations, and other items, but does not include wholly owned subsidiaries, certain joint ventures, or loan securitizations generally if the underlying assets are solely loans. Trading in certain government obligations is not prohibited by the Volcker Rule, including obligations of or guaranteed by the United States or an agency or government-sponsored entity of the United States, obligations of a State of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, and municipal securities. Proprietary trading generally does not include transactions under repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions and purchases and sales for the purpose of liquidity management if the liquidity management plan meets specified criteria; nor does it generally include transactions undertaken in a fiduciary capacity. In addition, activities eligible for exemption include, among others, certain brokerage, underwriting and marketing activities, and risk-mitigating hedging activities with respect to specific risks and subject to specified conditions. As of June 30, 2018, BofI Federal Bank was in compliance with the Volcker Rule. Transactions with Related Parties. The authority of the Bank to engage in transactions with “affiliates” (i.e., any company that controls or is under common control with it, including the Company and any non-depository institution subsidiaries) is limited by federal law. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with any individual affiliate is limited to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings institution. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20% of a savings institution’s capital and surplus. Certain transactions with affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type described in federal law. The purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited. Transactions with affiliates must be on terms and under circumstances that are at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. In addition, savings institutions are prohibited from lending to any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies, and no savings institution may purchase the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act generally prohibits loans by public companies to their executive officers and directors. However, there is a specific exception for loans by financial institutions, such as the Bank, to its executive officers and directors that are made in compliance with federal banking laws. Under such laws, our authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors, and 10% or more shareholders (“insiders”), as well as entities such persons control, is limited. The law limits both the individual and aggregate amount of loans the Bank may make to insiders based, in part, on its capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be followed. Such loans are required to be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and cannot involve more than the normal risk of repayment. There is an exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees. Capital Distribution Limitations. Regulations applicable to the Bank impose limitations upon all capital distributions by savings associations, like cash dividends, payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in a cash-out merger and other distributions charged against capital. Under these regulations, a savings association may, in circumstances described in those regulations: • Be required to file an application and await approval from the OCC before it makes a capital distribution; • Be required to file a notice 30 days before the capital distribution; or • Be permitted to make the capital distribution without notice or application to the OCC. Community Reinvestment Act and the Fair Lending Laws. Savings associations have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations of the OCC to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. An institution’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities and the denial of applications. In addition, an institution’s failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in the OCC, other federal regulatory agencies or the Department of Justice, taking enforcement actions against the institution. To the best of our knowledge, BofI Federal Bank is in full compliance with each of the Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act and we do not anticipate the Bank becoming the subject of any enforcement actions. 18 Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) System. The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Among other benefits, each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. Each FHLB is financed primarily from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. Each FHLB makes available loans or advances to its members in compliance with the policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the individual FHLB. As an FHLB member, the Bank is required to own capital stock in a Federal Home Loan Bank in specified amounts based on either its aggregate outstanding principal amount of its residential mortgage loans, home purchase contracts and similar obligations at the beginning of each calendar year or its outstanding advances from the FHLB. Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve requires all depository institutions to maintain non-interest bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts (primarily checking, negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”), and Super NOW checking accounts) and non-personal time deposits. At June 30, 2018, the Bank was in compliance with these requirements. Activities of Subsidiaries. A savings association seeking to establish a new subsidiary, acquire control of an existing company or conduct a new activity through a subsidiary must provide 30 days prior notice to the FDIC and the OCC and conduct any activities of the subsidiary in compliance with regulations and orders of the OCC. The OCC has the power to require a savings association to divest any subsidiary or terminate any activity conducted by a subsidiary that the OCC determines to pose a serious threat to the financial safety, soundness or stability of the savings association or to be otherwise inconsistent with sound banking practices. Consumer Laws and Regulations. The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB in order to regulate any person who offers or provides personal, family or household financial products or services. The CFPB is an independent “watchdog” within the Federal Reserve System to enforce and create “Federal consumer financial laws.” Banks as well as nonbanks are subject to any rule, regulation or guideline created by the CFPB. Congress established the CFPB to create one agency in charge of protecting consumers by overseeing the application and implementation of “Federal consumer financial laws,” which includes (i) rules, orders and guidelines of the CFPB, (ii) all consumer financial protection functions, powers and duties transferred from other federal agencies, such as the Federal Reserve, the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Trade Commission, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and (iii) a long list of consumer financial protection laws enumerated in the Dodd-Frank Act, such as the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Consumer Leasing Act of 1976, the Alternative Mortgage Transaction Parity Act of 1982, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Truth in Lending Act and the Truth in Savings Act, among many others. The CFPB has broad examination and enforcement authority, including the power to issue subpoenas and cease and desist orders, commence civil actions, hold investigations and hearings and seek civil penalties, as well as the authority to regulate disclosures, mandate registration of any covered person and to regulate what it considers unfair, deceptive, abusive practices. Depository institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer protection laws and regulations by their primary bank regulators (the OCC for the Bank), rather than the CFPB. Such laws and regulations and the other consumer protection laws and regulations to which the Bank has been subject have historically mandated certain disclosure requirements and regulated the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits from, making loans to, or engaging in other types of transactions with, such customers. The effect of the CFPB on the development and promulgation of consumer protection rules and guidelines and the enforcement of federal “consumer financial laws” on the Bank, if any, cannot be determined with certainty at this time. Depository institutions with more than $10 billion in assets and their affiliates are subject to direct supervision by the CFPB, including any applicable examination, enforcement and reporting requirements the CFPB may establish. As of June 30, 2018, we had $9.5 billion in total assets. If the Bank continues to grow and has assets in excess of $10 billion in the future, the Bank and its operations will become subject to the direct supervision and oversight of the CFPB. In addition, if our total assets equal or exceed $10 billion, we will become subject to certain enhanced prudential standards established by FRB regulations promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Act for larger institutions, including additional risk management policies and practices and annual stress tests using various scenarios established by the FRB, designed to determine whether our capital planning, assessment of capital adequacy and risk management practices adequately protect the Company in the event of an economic downturn. Privacy Standards. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”) modernized the financial services industry by establishing a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms and other financial service providers. The Bank is subject to OCC regulations implementing the privacy protection provisions of the GLBA. These regulations require the Bank to disclose its privacy policy, including informing consumers of its information sharing practices and informing consumers of their rights to opt out of certain practices. 19 Anti-Money Laundering and Customer Identification. The U.S. government enacted the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) on October 26, 2001 in response to the terrorist events of September 11, 2001. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government broad powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. In February 2010, Congress re-enacted certain expiring provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act. AVAILABLE INFORMATION BofI Holding, Inc. files reports, proxy and information statements and other information electronically with the SEC. You may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information may be obtained on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website site address is http://www.sec.gov. Our web site address is http:// www.bofiholding.com, and we make our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments thereto available on our website free of charge. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS Risks Relating to Our Industry Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our performance. Our results of operations depend to a great extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest rates earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and leases and investment securities, and the interest rates paid on interest- bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings. We are exposed to interest rate risk because our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities do not react uniformly or concurrently to changes in interest rates, as the two have different time periods for adjustment and can be tied to different measures of rates. Interest rates are sensitive to factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, including the FRB. The monetary policies of the FRB, implemented through open market operations and regulation of the discount rate and reserve requirements, affect prevailing interest rates. Loan and lease originations and repayment rates tend to increase with declining interest rates and decrease with rising interest rates. On the deposit side, increasing interest rates generally lead to interest rate increases on our deposit accounts. In the past few years prevailing interest rates have begun to increase and the financial markets are anticipating further increases in interest rates by the FRB. We manage the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities; however a large or rapid increase in market interest rates would likely have an adverse impact on our net interest income and a decrease in our refinancing business and related fee income, and could cause an increase in delinquencies and non-performing loans and leases in our adjustable-rate loans. In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the value of our loans and leases, investments and other interest-rate sensitive assets and our ability to realize gains on the sale or resolution of these assets. A significant economic downturn could result in increases in our level of non-performing loans and leases and/or reduce demand for our products and services, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Our business and results of operations are affected by the financial markets and general economic conditions, including factors such as the level and volatility of interest rates, inflation, home prices, unemployment and under-employment levels, bankruptcies, household income and consumer spending. While the national economy and most regions have improved since the financial crisis of 2008 and subsequent economic recession, we continue to operate in an uncertain economic environment due to a variety of reasons, including but not limited to trade wars, geopolitical tensions, rising oil prices and emerging market crises. The risks associated with our business become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or slow growth. A return or continuation of recessionary conditions or negative events in the housing markets, including significant and continuing home price declines and increased delinquencies and foreclosures, would adversely affect our mortgage and construction loans and result in increased asset write-downs. In addition, poor economic conditions, including continued high unemployment in the United States, have contributed to increased volatility in the financial and capital markets and diminished expectations for the U.S. economy. While we are continuing to take steps to decrease and limit our exposure to problem loans, we nonetheless retain direct exposure to the residential and commercial real estate markets. Declines in real estate values, an economic downturn or continued high unemployment levels may result in higher than expected loan and lease delinquencies and a decline in demand for our products and services. These negative events may cause us to incur losses and may adversely affect our capital, financial condition and results of operations. 20 The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us. Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty and other relationships. We have exposure to many different counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, other commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other financial institutions. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by us or by other institutions and organizations. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be liquidated or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the financial instrument exposure due to us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Changes in laws, regulation or oversight may increase our costs and adversely affect our business and operations. We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to oversight, regulation and examination by federal and/or state governmental authorities under various laws, regulations and policies, which impose requirements or restrictions on our operations, capitalization, payment of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, investments, loans and interest rates charged and interest rates paid on deposits. We must also comply with federal anti-money laundering, tax withholding and reporting, and consumer protection statutes and regulations. A considerable amount of management time and resources is devoted to oversight of, and development and implementation of controls and procedures relating to, compliance with these laws, regulations and policies. In addition, in August 2018, the Company became a savings and loan holding company that is treated as a financial holding company by the Federal Reserve Board. The laws, regulation and supervisory policies are subject to regular modification and change. New or amended laws, rules and regulations could impact our operations, increase our capital requirements or substantially restrict our growth and adversely affect our ability to operate profitably by making compliance much more difficult or expensive, restricting our ability to originate or sell loans, or further restricting the amount of interest or other charges or fees earned on loans or other products. In addition, further regulation could increase the assessment rate we are required to pay to the FDIC, adversely affecting our earnings. It is very difficult to predict future changes in regulation or the competitive impact that any such changes would have on our business. The Dodd-Frank Act (“Dodd-Frank”), enacted in 2010, instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes. A section of Dodd-Frank commonly referred to as the Durbin amendment, reduced the level of interchange fees that could be charged by institutions with greater than $10 billion in assets. If we continue to grow so that our total assets exceed $10 billion, the Durbin amendment could adversely affect or reduce our ability to earn interchange fees and maintain our fee-sharing prepaid card partnerships, such as with H&R Block. Other changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways including subjecting us to additional costs, limiting the types of financial services and products we may offer, and increasing the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and/or reputational damage, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and the value of our common stock. The Tax Reform Act of 2017, enacted in December 2017, resulted in certain changes that may affect our business. Beginning on January 1, 2018, the ceiling on the mortgage interest deduction was reduced from $1,000,000 to $750,000 for indebtedness incurred in acquiring, constructing, or improving a residence. For mortgage indebtedness incurred before December 15, 2017, the Tax Reform Act permits homeowners to maintain the current $1,000,000 ceiling. The Tax Reform Act also prohibits the deduction of interest on home equity indebtedness, and limits annual itemized deductions for state and local taxes (including state and local income, property, and sales taxes) to $10,000. The Bank originates and holds a large amount of mortgage loans and mortgage backed securities. The reduction or elimination of these tax benefits and other changes in federal income tax policies could have a material adverse effect on the demand for the Bank’s loan products and the pricing and liquidity of the mortgage securities which the Bank holds. The reduction in the mortgage interest deduction and limitation of itemized deductions for property taxes, particularly in higher priced states in which we operate, such as California, could adversely affect the ability of some potential borrowers to obtain credit, otherwise reduce the demand for home purchases and construction, and increase delinquencies or defaults on our mortgage assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. 21 Policies and regulations enacted by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau may negatively impact our residential mortgage loan business and compliance risk. Our consumer business, including our mortgage and deposit businesses, may be adversely affected by the policies enacted or regulations adopted by the CFPB which under the Dodd-Frank Act has broad rule-making authority over consumer financial products and services. The CFPB is in the process of reshaping consumer financial protection laws through rule-making and enforcement against unfair, deceptive and abusive acts or practices. The CFPB has broad rule-making authority to administer and carry out the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act with respect to financial institutions that offer covered financial products and services to consumers. The CFPB has also been directed to write rules identifying practices or acts that are unfair, deceptive or abusive in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service. The prohibition on “abusive” acts or practices is being clarified each year by CFPB enforcement actions and opinions from courts and administrative proceedings. In January 2014, a series of final rules issued by the CFPB to implement provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act related to mortgage origination and servicing went into effect and caused an increase in the cost of originating and servicing residential mortgage loans. While it is difficult to quantify any future increases in our regulatory compliance burden, the costs associated with regulatory compliance, including the need to hire additional compliance personnel, may continue to increase. Possible replacement of the LIBOR benchmark interest rate may have an impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. On July 27, 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), a regulator of financial services firms in the United Kingdom, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. The FCA and the submitting LIBOR banks have indicated they will support the LIBOR indices through 2021 to allow for an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate. In the United States, efforts to identify a set of alternative U.S. dollar reference interest rates include proposals by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee of the Federal Reserve Board. Other financial services regulators and industry groups are evaluating the possible phase-out of LIBOR and the development of alternate reference rate indices or reference rates. Many of our assets and liabilities are indexed to LIBOR. We are evaluating the potential impact of the possible replacement of the LIBOR benchmark interest rate, but are not able to predict whether LIBOR will cease to be available after 2021, whether the alternative rates the Federal Reserve Board proposes to publish will become market benchmarks in place of LIBOR, or what the impact of such a transition will have on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Risks Relating to Mortgage Loans and Mortgage-Backed Securities Declining real estate values, particularly in California, could reduce the value of our loan and lease portfolio and impair our profitability and financial condition. The majority of the loans in our portfolio are secured by real estate. At June 30, 2018, approximately 71.1% of our mortgage portfolio was secured by real estate located in California. In recent years, there has been significant volatility in real estate values in California and in some cases the collateral for our real estate loans has become less valuable. If real estate values decrease or more of our borrowers experience financial difficulties, we will experience increased charge-offs, as the proceeds resulting from foreclosure may be significantly lower than the amounts outstanding on such loans. In addition, declining real estate values frequently accompany periods of economic downturn or recession and increasing unemployment, all of which can lead to lower demand for mortgage loans of the types we originate. A decline of real estate values or decline of the credit position of our borrowers in California would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Many of our mortgage loans are unseasoned and defaults on such loans would harm our business. At June 30, 2018, our multifamily residential loans were $1,800.9 million or 28.9% of our mortgage loans and our commercial real estate loans were $220.4 million, or 3.5% of our mortgage loans. The payment on such loans is typically dependent on the cash flows generated by the projects, which are affected by the supply and demand for multifamily residential units and commercial property within the relative market. If the market for multifamily residential units and commercial property experiences a decline in demand, multifamily and commercial borrowers may suffer losses on their projects and be unable to repay their loans. If residential housing values were to decline and nationwide unemployment were to increase, we are likely to experience increases in the level of our non-performing loans and foreclosed and repossessed vehicles in future periods. 22 We could recognize other-than-temporary impairment on securities held in our available-for-sale portfolio. We analyze securities held in our portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis. The process for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary can involve difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer, market conditions, and the value of any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Because of changing economic and market conditions affecting issuers and the performance of the underlying collateral, we may be required to recognize other-than-temporary impairment in future periods reducing future earnings and capital levels. A decrease in the mortgage buying activity of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae or a failure by Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae and Freddie Mac to satisfy their obligations with respect to their RMBS could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. During the last three fiscal years we have sold over $1,385.8 million of residential mortgage loans to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae and, as of June 30, 2018, approximately 7.2% of our securities portfolio consisted of RMBS issued or guaranteed by these GSEs. Since 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have been in conservatorship, with its primary regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, acting as conservator. The United States government may enact structural changes to one or more of the GSEs, including privatization, consolidation and/or a reduction in the ability of GSEs to purchase mortgage loans or guarantee mortgage obligations. We cannot predict if, when or how the conservatorships will end, or what associated changes (if any) may be made to the structure, mandate or overall business practices of either of the GSEs. Accordingly, there continues to be uncertainty regarding the future of the GSEs, including whether they will continue to exist in their current form and whether they will continue to meet their obligations with respect to their RMBS. A substantial reduction in mortgage purchasing activity by the GSEs could result in a material decrease in the availability of residential mortgage loans and the number of qualified borrowers, which in turn may lead to increased volatility in the residential housing market, including a decrease in demand for residential housing and a corresponding drop in the value of real property that secures current residential mortgage loans, as well as a significant increase in interest rates. In a rising or higher interest rate environment, our originations of mortgage loans may decrease, which would result in a decrease in mortgage loan revenues and a corresponding decrease in non-interest income. Any decision to change the structure, mandate or overall business practices of the GSEs and/or the relationship among the GSEs, the government and the private mortgage loan markets, or any failure by the GSEs to satisfy their obligations with respect to their RMBS, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Risks Relating to the Company If our allowance for loan and lease losses, particularly in growing areas of lending such as commercial and industrial (“C&I”) is not sufficient to cover actual loan and lease losses, our earnings, capital adequacy and overall financial condition may suffer materially. Our loans are generally secured by single family, multifamily and commercial real estate properties, each initially having a fair market value generally greater than the amount of the loan secured. Although our loans and leases are typically secured, the risk of default, generally due to a borrower’s inability to make scheduled payments on his or her loan, is an inherent risk of the banking business. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses, we make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan and lease portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers, the value of the real estate serving as collateral for the repayment of our loans and our loss history. Defaults by borrowers could result in losses that exceed our loan and lease loss reserves. We have originated or purchased many of our loans and leases recently, so we do not have sufficient repayment experience to be certain whether the established allowance for loan and lease losses is adequate. We may have to establish a larger allowance for loan and lease losses in the future if, in our judgment, it becomes necessary. Any increase in our allowance for loan and lease losses would increase our expenses and consequently may adversely affect our profitability, capital adequacy and overall financial condition. In addition, we continue to increase our emphasis on non-residential lending, particularly in C&I lending, and these types of loans and leases are expected to comprise a larger portion of our originations and loan and lease portfolio in future periods. To the extent that we fail to adequately address the risks associated with C&I lending, we may experience increases in levels of non- performing loans and leases and be forced to take additional loan and lease loss reserves, which would adversely affect our net interest income and capital levels and reduce our profitability. For further information about our C&I lending business, please refer to “Business – Asset Origination and Fee Income Businesses – Commercial Real Estate Secured and Commercial Lending.” Our results of operations could vary as a result of the methods, estimates, and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies. The methods, estimates, and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on our results of operations. Such methods, estimates, and judgments, include methodologies to value our securities, evaluate securities 23 for other-than-temporary impairment and estimate our allowance for loan and lease losses. These methods, estimates, and judgments are, by their nature, subject to substantial risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, and factors may arise over time that lead us to change our methods, estimates, and judgments. Changes in those methods, estimates, and judgments could significantly affect our results of operations. Changes in the value of goodwill and other intangible assets could reduce our earnings. The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), which, in general, requires that goodwill not be amortized, but rather that it be tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level using the two step approach. Testing for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets is performed annually and involves the identification of reporting units and the estimation of fair values. The estimation of fair values involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity in the assumptions used. Changes in the local and national economy, the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market, interest rates and other external factors (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability, and may materially impact the fair value of publicly traded financial institutions and could result in an impairment charge at a future date. Our acquisitions involve integration and other risks. From time to time we undertake acquisitions of assets, deposits, lines of business and other companies consistent with our operating and growth strategies. Our recent acquisitions are discussed below under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Mergers and Acquisitions.” Acquisitions involve a number of risks and challenges, including our ability to integrate the acquired operations and the associated internal controls and regulatory functions into our current operations, our ability to retain key personnel of the acquired operations, our ability to limit the outflow of acquired deposits and successfully retain and manage acquired assets, our ability to attract new customers and generate new assets in areas not previously served, and the possible assumption of risks and liabilities related to litigation or regulatory proceedings involving the acquired operations. Additionally, no assurance can be given that the operation of acquisitions would not adversely affect our existing profitability, that we would be able to achieve results in the future similar to those achieved by the acquired operations, that we would be able to compete effectively in the markets served by the acquired operations, or that we would be able to manage any growth resulting from the transaction effectively. We also face the risk that the anticipated benefits of any acquisition may not be realized fully or at all, or within the time period expected. As a public company, we face the risk of shareholder lawsuits and other related or unrelated litigation, particularly if we experience declines in the price of our common stock. We have been named as a party to purported class action and derivative lawsuits, and we may be named in additional litigation, all of which could require significant management time and attention and result in significant legal expenses. As described in detail below in “Item 3 – Legal Proceedings,” putative class action lawsuits have been filed in the United States District Court, Southern District of California, alleging, among other things, that our Company, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer violated the federal securities laws by failing to disclose the wrongful conduct that is alleged by a former employee in a complaint, and that as a result the Company’s statements regarding its internal controls, and portions of its financial statements, were false and misleading. Derivative lawsuits have also been filed against our management arising from the same events, alleging breach of fiduciary duty, mismanagement, abuse of control and unjust enrichment. Regardless of the merits, the expense of defending such litigation may have a substantial impact if our insurance carriers fail to cover the full cost of the litigation, and the time required to defend the actions could divert management’s attention from the day-to-day operations of our business, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows. An unfavorable outcome in such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The Company and its management deny any wrongdoing and are vigorously defending the referenced lawsuits. We may seek additional capital but it may not be available when it is needed and limit our ability to execute our strategic plan. In addition, raising additional equity capital would dilute existing shareholders’ equity interests and may cause our stock price to decline. We are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. In addition, we may elect to raise additional capital to support the growth of our business or to finance acquisitions, if any, or we elect to raise additional capital for other reasons. We may seek to do so through the issuance of, among other things, our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock, which could dilute existing shareholders’ interests in the Company. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, many of which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot provide assurance on our ability to raise additional capital if needed or if it can be raised on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot 24 raise additional capital when needed or on terms acceptable to us, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, raising equity capital will have a dilutive effect on the equity interests of our existing shareholders and may cause our stock price to decline. Access to adequate funding cannot be assured. We have significant sources of liquidity as a result of our federal thrift structure, including deposits, brokered deposits, the FHLB, repurchase lending facilities, and the FRB discount window. We rely primarily upon deposits and FHLB advances. Our ability to attract deposits could be negatively impacted by a public perception of our financial prospects or by increased deposit rates available at troubled institutions suffering from shortfalls in liquidity. The FHLB is subject to regulation and other factors beyond our control. These factors may adversely affect the availability and pricing of advances to members such as the Bank. Selected sources of liquidity may become unavailable to the Bank if it were to no longer be considered “well-capitalized.” Our inability to manage our growth or deploy assets profitably could harm our business and decrease our overall profitability, which may cause our stock price to decline. Our assets and deposit base have grown substantially in recent years, and we anticipate that we will continue to grow over time, perhaps significantly. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will be required to manage multiple aspects of the business simultaneously, including among other things: (i) improve existing and implement new transaction processing, operational and financial systems, procedures and controls; (ii) maintain effective credit scoring and underwriting guidelines; (iii) maintain sufficient levels of regulatory capital; and (iv) expand our employee base and train and manage this growing employee base. In addition, acquiring other banks, asset pools or deposits may involve risks such as exposure to potential asset quality issues, disruption to our normal business activities and diversion of management’s time and attention due to integration and conversion efforts. If we are unable to manage growth effectively or execute integration efforts properly, we may not be able to achieve the anticipated benefits of growth and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, we may not be able to sustain past levels of profitability as we grow, and our past levels of profitability should not be considered a guarantee or indicator of future success. If we are not able to maintain our levels of profitability by deploying growth in our deposits in profitable assets or investments, our net interest margin and overall level of profitability will decrease and our stock price may decline. We face strong competition for customers and may not succeed in implementing our business strategy. Our business strategy depends on our ability to remain competitive. There is strong competition for customers from existing banks and other types of financial institutions, including those that use the Internet as a medium for banking transactions or as an advertising platform. Our competitors include large, publicly-traded, Internet-based banks, as well as smaller Internet- based banks; “brick and mortar” banks, including those that have implemented websites to facilitate online banking; and traditional banking institutions such as thrifts, finance companies, credit unions and mortgage banks. Some of these competitors have been in business for a long time and have name recognition and an established customer base. Most of our competitors are larger and have greater financial and personnel resources. In order to compete profitably, we may need to reduce the rates we offer on loans and leases and investments and increase the rates we offer on deposits, which actions may adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. To remain competitive, we believe we must successfully implement our business strategy. Our success depends on, among other things: • Having a large and increasing number of customers who use our bank for their banking needs; • Our ability to attract, hire and retain key personnel as our business grows; • Our ability to secure additional capital as needed; • The relevance of our products and services to customer needs and demands and the rate at which we and our competitors introduce or modify new products and services; • Our ability to offer products and services with fewer employees than competitors; • The satisfaction of our customers with our customer service; • Ease of use of our websites; and • Our ability to provide a secure and stable technology platform for financial services that provides us with reliable and effective operational, financial and information systems. If we are unable to implement our business strategy, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 25 We recently changed the branding of the Bank. Our business depends on a strong brand, and failing to maintain and enhance our brand could hurt our ability to maintain or expand our customer base. The brand identities that we have developed will significantly contribute to the success of our business. Commencing October 1, 2018, we will change the name of the Bank and the branding of most of our banking products to “Axos Bank”. Maintaining and enhancing the “Axos Bank” brands (including our other trade styles and trade names) is critical to expanding our customer base. We believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase due to the relatively low barriers to entry for our “brick and mortar” competitors in the internet-based banking market. Our brands could be negatively impacted by a number of factors, including data privacy and security issues, service outages, and product malfunctions. If our name change is not widely accepted by customers or proves to be less popular than anticipated, if we fail to maintain and enhance our brands generally, or if we incur excessive expenses in these efforts, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend on our ability to continue to provide high-quality products and services, which we may not do successfully. A natural disaster, especially in California, could harm our business. We are based in San Diego, California, and approximately 71.1% of our mortgage loan portfolio was secured by real estate located in California at June 30, 2018. In addition, some of our computer systems that operate our internet websites and their back-up systems are located in San Diego, California. Historically, California has been vulnerable to natural disasters. Therefore, we are susceptible to the risks of natural disasters, such as earthquakes, wildfires, floods and mudslides. Natural disasters could harm our operations directly through interference with communications, including the interruption or loss of our websites, which would prevent us from gathering deposits, originating loans and leases and processing and controlling our flow of business, as well as through the destruction of facilities and our operational, financial and management information systems. A natural disaster or recurring power outages may also impair the value of our largest class of assets, our loan and lease portfolio, which is comprised substantially of real estate loans. Uninsured or under-insured disasters may reduce borrowers’ ability to repay mortgage loans. Disasters may also reduce the value of the real estate securing our loans, impairing our ability to recover on defaulted loans through foreclosure and making it more likely that we would suffer losses on defaulted loans. Although we have implemented several back-up systems and protections (and maintain standard business interruption insurance), these measures may not protect us fully from the effects of a natural disaster. The occurrence of natural disasters in California could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Our success depends in large part on the continuing efforts of a few individuals. If we are unable to retain these key personnel or attract, hire and retain others to oversee and manage our company, our business could suffer. Our success depends substantially on the skill and abilities of our senior management team, including our Chief Executive Officer and President, Gregory Garrabrants, our Chief Financial Officer, Andrew J. Micheletti, and other employees that perform multiple functions that might otherwise be performed by separate individuals at larger banks. The loss of the services of any of these individuals or other key employees, whether through termination of employment, disability or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, our ability to grow and manage our growth depends on our ability to continue to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled executive, technical, managerial, sales, marketing, customer service and professional personnel. The implementation of our business plan and our future success will depend on such qualified personnel. Competition for such employees is intense, and there is a risk that we will not be able to successfully attract, assimilate or retain sufficiently qualified personnel. If we fail to attract and retain the necessary personnel, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. We are exposed to risk of environmental liability with respect to properties to which we take title. In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to those properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 26 Technology Risks in our Online Business We depend on third-party service providers for our core banking technology, and interruptions in or terminations of their services could materially impair the quality of our services. We rely substantially upon third-party service providers for our core banking technology and to protect us from bank system failures or disruptions. This reliance may mean that we will not be able to resolve operational problems internally or on a timely basis, which could lead to customer dissatisfaction or long-term disruption of our operations. Our operations also depend upon our ability to replace a third-party service provider if it experiences difficulties that interrupt operations or if an essential third-party service terminates. If these service arrangements are terminated for any reason without an immediately available substitute arrangement, our operations may be severely interrupted or delayed. If such interruption or delay were to continue for a substantial period of time, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Privacy concerns relating to our technology could damage our reputation and deter current and potential customers from using our products and services. Generally speaking, concerns have been expressed about whether internet-based products and services compromise the privacy of users and others. Concerns about our practices with regard to the collection, use, disclosure or security of personal information of our customers or other privacy related matters, even if unfounded, could damage our reputation and results of operations. While we strive to comply with all applicable data protection laws and regulations, as well as our own posted privacy policies, any failure or perceived failure to comply may result in proceedings or actions against us by government entities or others, or could cause us to lose customers, which could potentially have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, as nearly all of our products and services are internet-based, the amount of data we store for our customers on our servers (including personal information) has been increasing and will continue to increase. Any systems failure or compromise of our security that results in the release of our customers’ data could seriously limit the adoption of our products and services, as well as harm our reputation and brand and, therefore, our business. We may also need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches. The risk that these types of events could seriously harm our business is likely to increase as we add more customers and expand the number of internet-based products and services we offer. We have risks of systems failure and security risks, including “hacking” and “identity theft.” The computer systems and network infrastructure utilized by us and others could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. This is true of both our internally developed systems and the systems of our third-party service providers. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect computer equipment against damage from fire, power loss, telecommunication failure or similar catastrophic events. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations or security breaches such as hacking or identity theft could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. If our security measures are breached, or if our services are subject to attacks that degrade or deny the ability of customers to access our products and services, our products and services may be perceived as not being secure, customers may curtail or stop using our products and services, and we may incur significant legal and financial exposure. Our products and services involve the storage and transmission of customers’ proprietary information, and security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation, and potential liability. Our security measures may be breached due to the actions of outside parties, employee error, malfeasance, or otherwise and, as a result, an unauthorized party may obtain access to our data or our customers’ data. Additionally, outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or our customers’ data. Any such breach or unauthorized access could result in significant legal and financial exposure, damage to our reputation, and a loss of confidence in the security of our products and services that could potentially have an adverse effect on our business. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service or sabotage systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and, as a result, we could lose customers, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 27 Our business depends on continued and unimpeded access to the internet by us and our customers. Internet access providers may be able to block, degrade, or charge for access to our website, which could lead to additional expenses and the loss of customers. Our products and services depend on the ability of our customers to access the internet and our website. Currently, this access is provided by companies that have significant market power in the broadband and internet access marketplace, including incumbent telephone companies, cable companies and mobile communications companies. Some of these providers have the ability to take measures that could degrade, disrupt, or increase the cost of customer access to our products and services by restricting or prohibiting the use of their infrastructure to access our website or by charging fees to us or our customers to provide access to our website. Such interference could result in a loss of existing customers and/or increased costs and could impair our ability to attract new customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES Our principal executive offices, which also serve as our bank’s main office and branch, are located at 4350 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 140, San Diego, California 92122, and our telephone number is (858) 350-6200. Our San Diego facilities consist of a total of approximately 158,000 square feet under leases that expire June 30, 2030. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We may from time to time become a party to other claims or litigation that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims to enforce liens, claims involving the origination and servicing of loans, and other issues related to the business of the Bank. None of such matters are expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or business. Litigation. On October 15, 2015, the Company, its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer were named defendants in a putative class action lawsuit styled Golden v. BofI Holding, Inc., et al, and brought in United States District Court for the Southern District of California (the “Golden Case”). On November 3, 2015, the Company, its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer were named defendants in a second putative class action lawsuit styled Hazan v. BofI Holding, Inc., et al, and also brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California (the “Hazan Case”). On February 1, 2016, the Golden Case and the Hazan Case were consolidated as In re BofI Holding, Inc. Securities Litigation, Case #: 3:15- cv-02324-GPC-KSC (the “Class Action”), and the Houston Municipal Employees Pension System was appointed lead plaintiff. The plaintiffs allege that the Company and other named defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, by failing to disclose wrongful conduct that was alleged in a complaint filed in connection with a wrongful termination of employment lawsuit filed on October 13, 2015 (the “Employment Matter”) and that as a result the Company’s statements regarding its internal controls, as well as portions of its financial statements, were false and misleading. On March 21, 2018, the Court entered a final order dismissing the Class Action with prejudice. On March 28, 2018, the plaintiff filed a notice of appeal. On April 3, 2017, the Company, its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer were named defendants in a putative class action lawsuit styled Mandalevy v. BofI Holding, Inc., et al, and brought in United States District Court for the Southern District of California (the “Mandalevy Case”). The Mandalevy Case seeks monetary damages and other relief on behalf of a putative class that has not been certified by the Court. The complaint in the Mandalevy Case (the “Mandalevy Complaint”) alleges a class period that differs from that alleged in the First Class Action, and that the Company and other named defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, by failing to disclose wrongful conduct that was alleged in a March 2017 media article. The Mandalevy Case has not been consolidated into the First Class Action. The Company and the other named defendants dispute the allegations of wrongdoing advanced by the plaintiffs in the Class Action, the Mandalevy Case, and in the Employment Matter, as well as those plaintiffs’ statement of the underlying factual circumstances, and are vigorously defending each case. In addition to the Class Action and the Mandalevy Case, two separate shareholder derivative actions were filed in December, 2015, purportedly on behalf of the Company. The first derivative action, Calcaterra v. Garrabrants, et al, was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California on December 3, 2015. The second derivative action, Dow 28 v. Micheletti, et al, was filed in the San Diego County Superior Court on December 16, 2015. A third derivative action, DeYoung v. Garrabrants, et al, was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California on January 22, 2016, a fourth derivative action, Yong v. Garrabrants, et al, was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California on January 29, 2016, a fifth derivative action, Laborers Pension Trust Fund of Northern Nevada v. Allrich et al, was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California on February 2, 2016, and a sixth derivative action, Garner v. Garrabrants, et al, was filed in the San Diego County Superior Court on August 10, 2017. Each of these six derivative actions names the Company as a nominal defendant, and certain of its officers and directors as defendants. Each complaint sets forth allegations of breaches of fiduciary duties, gross mismanagement, abuse of control, and unjust enrichment against the defendant officers and directors. The plaintiffs in these derivative actions seek damages in unspecified amounts on the Company’s behalf from the officer and director defendants, certain corporate governance actions, and an award of their costs and attorney’s fees. The United States District Court for the Southern District of California ordered the four above-referenced derivative actions pending before it to be consolidated and appointed lead counsel in the consolidated action. On June 7, 2018, the Court entered an order granting defendant’s motion for judgment on the pleadings, but giving the plaintiffs limited leave to amend by June 28, 2018. The plaintiffs failed to file an amended complaint, and instead plaintiffs filed on June 28, 2018 a motion to stay the case pending resolution of the securities class action and Employment Matter. On August 10, 2018, defendants filed an opposition to plaintiffs’ motion. The two derivative actions pending before the San Diego County Superior Court have been consolidated and have been stayed by agreement of the parties. All defendants dispute, and intend to vigorously defend against, the allegations raised in the Consolidated Action and the state court derivative actions. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of each legal action, particularly since claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages, it is not possible to reasonably predict or estimate the eventual loss or range of loss, if any, related to each legal action. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 29 PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on March 15, 2005 under the symbol “BOFI.” There were 62,776,754 shares of common stock outstanding held by approximately 45,000 shareholders as of August 17, 2018. The following table sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated, the range of high and low sales prices for the common stock of BofI Holding, Inc. for each quarter during the last two fiscal years. Sales prices represent actual sales of which our management has knowledge. The transfer agent and registrar of our common stock is Computershare. Quarter ended: September 30, 2016 December 31, 2016 March 31, 2017 June 30, 2017 September 30, 2017 December 31, 2017 March 31, 2018 June 30, 2018 DIVIDENDS BofI Holding, Inc. Common Stock Price Per Share High $22.98 $29.78 $32.11 $26.43 $28.59 $29.90 $42.15 $44.65 Low $15.34 $18.29 $26.13 $21.91 $23.44 $24.61 $29.86 $38.50 The holders of record of our Series A preferred stock, which was issued in 2003 and 2004, are entitled to receive annual dividends at the rate of six percent (6%) of the stated value per share, which stated value is $10,000 per share. Dividends on the Series A preferred stock accrue and are payable quarterly. Dividends on the preferred stock must be paid prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any distribution on any outstanding shares of junior stock, including our common stock. Other than dividends to be paid on our preferred stock, we currently intend to retain any earnings to finance the growth and development of our business. Our board of directors has never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and does not expect to do so in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends, should our board of directors elect to do so, depends largely upon the ability of the Bank to declare and pay dividends to us. Future dividends will depend primarily upon our earnings, financial condition and need for funds, as well as government policies and regulations applicable to us and our bank that limit the amount that may be paid as dividends without prior approval. ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Common Stock Repurchases. On March 17, 2016, the Board of Directors of the Company, authorized a program to repurchase up to $100 million of common stock. The new share repurchase authorization replaces the previous share repurchase plan approved on July 5, 2005. The Company may repurchase shares on the open market or through privately negotiated transactions at times and prices considered appropriate, at the discretion of the Company, and subject to its assessment of alternative uses of capital, stock trading price, general market conditions and regulatory factors. The repurchase program does not obligate the Company to acquire any specific number of shares. The share repurchase program will continue in effect until terminated by the Board of Directors of the Company. Shares of common stock repurchased under this plan will be held as treasury shares. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, the Company has repurchased a total of $35.2 million, or 1,233,491 common shares at an average price of $28.49 per share with $64.8 million remaining under the current board authorized stock repurchase program. The Company accounts for treasury stock using the cost method as a reduction of shareholders’ equity in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Net Settlement of Restricted Stock Awards. In November 2007 and October 2014, the stockholders of the Company approved an amendment to the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan and approved the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, respectively, which among other changes permitted net settlement of stock issuances related to equity awards for purposes of payment of a grantee’s minimum income tax obligation. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, there were 294,817 restricted stock unit award shares which were retained by the Company and converted to cash at the average rate of $33.78 per share to fund the grantee’s income tax obligations. 30 The following table sets forth our market repurchases of BofI common stock and the BofI common shares retained in connection with net settlement of restricted stock awards during the fourth fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2018. Period Stock Repurchases (dollars in thousands) Quarter Ended June 30, 2018 April 1, 2018 to June 30, 2018 For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2018 Stock Retained in Net Settlement April 1, 2018 to April 30, 2018 May 1, 2018 to May 31, 2018 June 1, 2018 to June 30, 2018 For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2018 Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid Per Shares Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs — $ — $ — — — $ — $ 64,817 64,817 85 15 144,607 144,707 EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION The following table provides information regarding the aggregate number of securities to be issued under all of our stock option and equity based compensation plans upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and other rights and their weighted- average exercise prices as of June 30, 2018. There were no securities issued under equity compensation plans not approved by security holders. Plan Category Equity compensation plans approved by security holders Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders Total (a) Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and units granted (b) Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options and units granted (c) Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) 629,755 $ N/A 629,755 $ — N/A — 2,404,854 N/A 2,404,854 31 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following selected consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 At or for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, Selected Balance Sheet Data: Total assets Loans and leases, net of allowance for loan and lease losses Loans held for sale, at fair value Loans held for sale, at cost Allowance for loan and lease losses Securities—trading Securities—available-for-sale Securities—held-to-maturity Total deposits Securities sold under agreements to repurchase Advances from the FHLB Subordinated notes and debentures and other Total stockholders’ equity Selected Income Statement Data: Interest and dividend income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan and lease losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Non-interest income Non-interest expense Income before income tax expense Income tax expense Net income Net income attributable to common stock Per Common Share Data: Net income: Basic (revised for 2017 and 2016)1 Diluted (revised for 2017 and 2016)1 Book value per common share Tangible book value per common share (Non-GAAP) Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: Basic (revised for 2017 and 2016)1,2 Diluted (revised for 2017 and 2016)1,2 Common shares outstanding at end of period2 Performance Ratios and Other Data: Loan and lease originations for investment Loan originations for sale Loan and lease purchases Return on average assets Return on average common stockholders’ equity Interest rate spread3 Net interest margin4 Efficiency ratio5 $ 9,539,504 $ 8,501,680 $ 7,599,304 $ 5,823,719 $ 4,402,999 8,432,289 7,374,493 6,354,679 4,928,618 3,532,841 35,077 2,686 49,151 — 180,305 — 18,738 6,669 40,832 8,327 264,470 — 20,871 33,530 35,826 7,584 265,447 199,174 25,430 77,891 28,327 7,832 163,361 225,555 20,575 114,796 18,373 8,066 214,778 247,729 7,985,350 6,899,507 6,044,051 4,451,917 3,041,536 — 457,000 54,552 960,513 20,000 640,000 54,463 834,247 35,000 727,000 56,016 683,590 35,000 753,000 5,155 533,526 45,000 910,000 5,155 370,778 $ 475,074 $ 387,286 $ 317,707 $ 244,364 $ 172,878 106,580 368,494 25,800 342,694 70,941 173,936 239,699 87,288 152,411 152,102 2.41 2.37 15.24 13.99 $ $ $ $ $ $ 74,059 313,227 11,061 302,166 68,132 137,605 232,693 97,953 134,740 134,431 2.11 2.10 13.05 12.94 63,136,232 64,147,220 62,688,064 63,656,542 63,915,100 63,536,244 5,922,801 1,564,165 $ $ 4,182,701 1,375,443 — $ 276,917 1.68% 17.78% 3.74% 3.95% 36.08% 1.68% 17.05% 3.79% 4.11% 39.58% 32 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 56,696 261,011 9,700 251,311 66,340 112,756 204,895 85,604 119,291 118,982 1.87 1.87 10.73 10.67 63,597,259 63,672,280 63,219,392 3,633,911 1,363,025 140,493 1.75 % 19.43 % 3.70 % 3.91 % 34.44 % 45,419 198,945 11,200 187,745 30,590 77,478 140,857 58,175 82,682 82,373 1.35 1.34 8.51 8.48 61,177,908 61,404,364 62,075,004 3,271,911 1,048,982 2,452 1.61% 18.34% 3.79% 3.92% 33.75% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 35,781 137,097 5,350 131,747 22,455 59,933 94,269 38,313 55,956 55,647 0.97 0.96 6.33 6.32 57,471,296 57,770,768 57,807,600 2,297,976 741,494 95 1.59% 17.89% 3.81% 3.95% 37.56% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 At or for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, Tier 1 leverage (core) capital to adjusted average assets 8.88% 9.60% 8.78 % 9.25% Capital Ratios: Equity to assets at end of period BofI Holding, Inc: Tier 1 leverage (core) capital to adjusted average assets Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) BofI Federal Bank: Tier 1 leverage (core) capital to adjusted tangible assets6 Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) Asset Quality Ratios: Net charge-offs to average loans and leases7 Non-performing loans and leases to total loans and leases Non-performing assets to total assets Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases held for investment at end of period Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans and leases 10.07% 9.81% 8.99 % 9.16% 8.42% 9.45% 13.27% 13.34% 14.84% 9.95% 14.66% 14.75% 16.38% 9.12 % 14.42 % 14.53 % 16.36 % 9.59% 14.98% 15.12% 15.91% N/A 12.53% 12.53% 13.27% 0.19% 0.37% 0.43% 0.58% N/A 14.25% 14.25% 14.97% 0.06% 0.38% 0.35% 0.55% N/A 14.00 % 14.00 % 14.75 % (0.01)% 0.50 % 0.42 % 0.56 % N/A 14.58% 14.58% 15.38% 0.03% 0.62% 0.55% 0.57% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 8.66% N/A 14.42% 15.11% 0.04% 0.57% 0.46% 0.51% 157.40% 143.81% 112.45 % 91.88% 90.13% 1 See Note 1 – “Organizations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation to previously issued financial statements for correction of immaterial errors for fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016. 2 Common stock and per share amounts have been retroactively restated for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 presented to reflect the four-for-one split of the Company’s common stock effected in the form of a stock dividend that was distributed on November 17, 2015. 3 Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on interest- bearing liabilities. 4 Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 5 Efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense as a percentage of the aggregate of net interest income and non-interest income. 6 Reflects regulatory capital ratios of BofI Federal Bank. Effective January 1, 2015, the Bank’s capital requirements changed the tier 1 leverage ratio from using end of period adjusted tangible assets to using adjusted average assets for the quarter and added a common equity tier 1 capital ratio. 7 Net charge-offs do not include any amounts transferred to loans held for sale. 33 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that are based upon current expectations. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements due to various important factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A. and elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The following discussion and analysis should be read together with the “Selected Financial Data” and consolidated financial statements, including the related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. OVERVIEW BofI Holding, Inc. is the holding company for BofI Federal Bank, a diversified financial services company with approximately $9.5 billion in assets that provides innovative banking and lending products and services to customers nationwide through scalable low cost distribution channels and affinity partners. The Bank has deposit and loan and lease customers nationwide including consumer and business checking, savings and time deposit accounts and financing for single family and multifamily residential properties, small-to-medium size businesses in target sectors, and selected specialty finance receivables. The Bank generates fee income from consumer and business products including fees from loans originated for sale and transaction fees earned from processing payment activity. BofI Holding, Inc.’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and is a component of the Russell 2000® Index, the S&P SmallCap 600® Index and the KBW Nasdaq Financial Technology Index. Net income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 was $152.4 million compared to $134.7 million and $119.3 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Net income attributable to common stockholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 was $152.1 million, or $2.37 per diluted share compared to $134.4 million, or $2.10 per diluted share and $119.0 million, or $1.87 per diluted share for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Growth in our interest earning assets, particularly the loan and lease portfolio, was the primary driver of the increase in our net income from fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2018. Net interest income increased $55.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2018 compared to the year ended June 30, 2017. Net interest income for the year ended June 30, 2018 was $368.5 million compared to $313.2 million and $261.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The growth of net interest income from fiscal year 2016 through 2018 is primarily due to net loan and lease portfolio growth. Provision for loan and lease losses for the year ended June 30, 2018 was $25.8 million, compared to $11.1 million and $9.7 million for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase of $14.7 million for fiscal year 2018 is the result of an increase in Refund Advance loan fundings from $0.3 billion to $1.1 billion from 2017 to 2018, respectively, combined with growth and changes in the loan and lease mix of the portfolio. The increase of $1.4 million for fiscal year 2017 is primarily the result of growth and changes in the loan and lease mix of the portfolio. Non-interest income was $70.9 million compared to non-interest income of $68.1 million and $66.3 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016. The increase from fiscal year 2017 to fiscal year 2018 was primarily the result of an increase of $5.7 million in banking and service fees due to increased fees from H&R Block-branded products, an increase of $1.2 million in gain on sale-other primarily from increased sales of structured settlements, and a decrease of $1.1 million in unrealized loss on securities partially offset by a decrease in realized gain from sale of securities of $3.9 million, decreased levels of prepayment penalty fee income of $0.7 million, and a mortgage banking income decrease of $0.5 million. The increase from 2016 to 2017 was primarily due to increased banking and service fees due to increased fees from H&R Block-branded products increased mortgage banking income, gain on sale of securities, partially offset by a decrease in gain on sale-other primarily from sales of structured settlements. Non-interest expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 was $173.9 million compared to $137.6 million and $112.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $19.2 million in the Bank’s staffing for lending, information technology infrastructure development, trustee and fiduciary services and regulatory compliance, an increase in advertising and promotions of $6.1 million, an increase in data processing and internet of $4.1 million, and an increase in other general and administrative costs of $3.4 million. Our staffing rose to 801 full-time equivalents compared to 681 and 647 at June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Total assets were $9,539.5 million at June 30, 2018 compared to $8,501.7 million at June 30, 2017. Assets grew $1,037.8 million or 12.2% during the last fiscal year, primarily due to an increase in the origination of single family mortgage loans and C&I loans. These loans were funded primarily with growth in deposits. Our future performance will depend on many factors: changes in interest rates, competition for deposits and quality loans, the credit performance of our assets, regulatory actions, strategic transactions, and our ability to improve operating efficiencies. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” 34 MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS From time to time we undertake acquisitions or similar transactions consistent with our operating and growth strategies. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016, 2017 and 2018 there were three acquisitions, which are discussed below. H&R Block Bank Deposit Acquisition On August 31, 2015, our Bank completed the acquisition of approximately $419 million in deposits consisting of checking, individual retirement savings, and CD accounts from H&R Block Bank and its parent company, H&R Block, Inc. (“H&R Block”). In connection with the closing of this transaction: (i) our Bank and Emerald Financial Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of H&R Block (“EFS”), entered into the Program Management Agreement (“PMA”), dated August 31, 2015; (ii) our Bank and H&R Block, EFS, HRB Participant I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of H&R Block, entered into the Emerald Receivables Participation Agreement, dated August 31, 2015; and (iii) our Bank and H&R Block entered into the Guaranty Agreement (together, the “PMA and related Agreements”), dated August 31, 2015. Through the PMA and related Agreements our Bank will provide H&R Block-branded financial services products and services. The three products and services that represent the primary focus and the majority of transactional volume that our Bank will process are described in detail below. The first product is Emerald Prepaid Mastercard® services. The Bank entered into agreements to offer this product in August 2015. Under the agreements, the Bank is responsible for the primary oversight and control of the prepaid card programs of a wholly-owned subsidiary of H&R Block. The Bank holds the prepaid card customer deposits for those cards issued under the prepaid programs in non-interest bearing accounts and earns a fixed fee paid by H&R Block’s subsidiary for each automated clearing house (“ACH”) transaction processed through the prepaid card customer accounts. A portion of H&R Block’s customers use the Emerald Card as an option to receive federal and state income tax refunds. The prepaid customer deposits are included in non-interest bearing deposit liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company and the ACH fee income is included in the income statement under the line banking and service fees. The second product is Refund Transfer. The Bank entered into agreements to offer this product in August 2015. The Bank is responsible for the primary oversight and control of the refund transfer program of a wholly-owned subsidiary of H&R Block. The Bank opens a temporary bank account for each H&R Block customer who is receiving an income tax refund and elects to defer payment of his or her tax preparation fees. After the Internal Revenue Service and any state income tax authorities transfer the refund into the customer’s account, the net funds are transferred to the customer and the temporary deposit account is closed. The Bank earns a fixed fee paid by H&R Block for each of the H&R Block customers electing a Refund Transfer. The fees are earned primarily in the quarters ending March 31st and are included in the income statement under the line banking and service fees. The third product is Emerald Advance. The Bank entered into agreements to offer this product in August 2015. Under the agreements the Bank is responsible for the underwriting guidelines and credit policies for unsecured consumer lines of credit offered to H&R Block customers. The Bank offers and funds unsecured lines of credit to consumers primarily through the H&R Block tax preparation offices and earns interest income and fee income. The Bank retains 10% of the Emerald Advance and sells the remainder to H&R Block. The lines of credit are included in loans and leases on the balance sheet of the Company and the interest income and fee income are included in the income statement under the line loans and leases interest and dividend income. The fourth product is an interest-free Refund Advance loan. The Bank exclusively originated and funded all of H&R Block’s interest-free Refund Advance loans to tax preparation clients for the 2018 tax season. The Bank performed the credit underwriting, loan origination, and funding associated with the interest-free Refund Advance loans in the current tax season and received fees from H&R Block for operating the program. No fee is charged to the tax preparation client. Repayment of the Refund Advance loan is deducted from the client’s tax refund proceeds; if an insufficient refund to repay the Refund Advance loan is received, there is no recourse to the client, no negative credit reporting occurs in respect of the client and no collection efforts are made against the client. This agreement is an expansion of the services BofI provided to H&R Block in the 2017 tax season when the Bank participated through purchases of the loans with other providers in the Refund Advance loan program. During the 2017 tax season, the Bank purchased the Refund Advance loans from a third-party bank at a discount and recorded the accretion of the loan discount as interest income, reported on the income statement under the interest and dividend income line item. During the 2018 tax season, the Bank recorded the fees received from H&R Block as interest income on loans, reported on the income statement under the interest and dividend income line item. In July 2018, the Bank has renewed its agreement with H&R Block to be the exclusive provider of interest-free Refund Advance loans to customers during the 2019 tax season. The H&R Block-branded financial services products introduce seasonality into the Company’s quarterly reports on Form 10-Q in the unaudited condensed consolidated income statements through the banking and service fees category of non-interest 35 income and the other general and administrative category of non-interest expense, with the peak income and expense in these categories typically occurring during the Company’s third fiscal quarter ended March 31. Pacific Western Equipment Finance Asset Acquisition On March 31, 2016, the Bank entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Pacific Western Bank to acquire approximately $140 million of equipment leases from Pacific Western Equipment Finance and assumed certain insignificant operations and related liabilities. The purchase price and total consideration paid for the assets consisted of the fair market value of the assumed liabilities plus a lease purchase price premium of approximately 2.5%. Epiq Acquisition On April 4, 2018, a subsidiary of the Bank acquired the bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services business of Epiq Systems, Inc. The business provides specialized software and consulting services to bankruptcy and non-bankruptcy trustees and fiduciaries in all fifty states. This business is expected to generate fee income from bank partners and bankruptcy cases, as well as opportunities to source low cost deposits. No deposits were acquired as part of the transaction. The Company recorded an unidentified intangible asset (goodwill) incident to the acquisition of $36.0 million and an intangible asset of $32.7 million. The existing business has $1 billion of Chapter 7 and non-Chapter 7 deposits currently held at seven bank partners which have contractual wind-down periods ranging from 9 to 24 months. We currently benefit from fees paid to us by partner banks and anticipate the $1 billion of deposits held at the seven bank partners to transfer to the Bank potentially providing a lower cost of funds. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make a number of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various factors and circumstances. We believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances. However, actual results may differ significantly from these estimates and assumptions that could have a material effect on the carrying value of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and our results of operations for the reporting periods. Securities. We classify securities as either trading, available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. Trading securities are those securities for which we have elected fair value accounting. Trading securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings each period. Securities available-for-sale are reported at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of the related tax effects, excluded from operations and reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. The fair values of securities traded in active markets are obtained from market quotes. If quoted prices in active markets are not available, we determine the fair values by utilizing industry-standard tools to calculate the net present value of the expected cash flows available to the securities. For securities other than non-agency RMBS, we use observable market participant inputs and categorize these securities as Level II in determining fair value. For non-agency RMBS securities, we use a level III fair value model approach. To determine the performance of the underlying mortgage loan pools, we consider where appropriate borrower prepayments, defaults, and loss severities based on a number of macroeconomic factors, including housing price changes, unemployment rates, interest rates and borrower attributes such as credit score and loan documentation at the time of origination. We input for each security our projections of monthly default rates, loss severity rates and voluntary prepayment rates for the underlying mortgages for the remaining life of the security to determine the expected cash flows. The projections of default rates are derived by the Company from the historic default rate observed in the pool of loans collateralizing the security, increased by (or decreased by) the forecasted increase or decrease in the national unemployment rate as well as the forecasted increase or decrease in the national home price appreciation (HPA) index. The projections of loss severity rates are derived by the Company from the historic loss severity rate observed in the pool of loans, increased by (or decreased by) the forecasted decrease or increase in the HPA index. To determine the discount rates used to compute the present value of the expected cash flows for these non- agency RMBS securities, we separate the securities by the borrower characteristics in the underlying pool. For example, non- agency RMBS “Prime” securities generally have borrowers with higher FICO scores and better documentation of income. “Alt- A” securities generally have borrowers with lower FICO and less documentation of income. “Pay-option ARMs” are Alt-A securities with borrowers that tend to pay the least amount of principal (or increase their loan balance through negative amortization). Separate discount rates are calculated for Prime, Alt-A and Pay-option ARM non-agency RMBS securities using market-participant assumptions for risk, capital and return on equity. Securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and recorded at amortized cost. Amortization of purchase premiums and accretion of discounts on securities are recorded as yield 36 adjustments on such securities using the effective interest method. The specific identification method is used for purposes of determining cost in computing realized gains and losses on investment securities sold. At each reporting date, we monitor our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities for other-than-temporary impairment. The Company measures its debt securities in an unrealized loss position at the end of the reporting period for other- than-temporary impairment by comparing the present value of the cash flows currently expected to be collected from the security with its amortized cost basis. If the calculated present value is lower than the amortized cost, the difference is the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of its debt securities. The excess of the present value over the fair value of the security (if any) is the noncredit component of the impairment, only if the Company does not intend to sell the security and will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. The credit component of the other-than-temporary-impairment is recorded as a loss in earnings and the noncredit component is recorded as a charge to other comprehensive income, net of the related income tax benefit. For non-agency RMBS we determine the cash flow expected to be collected and calculate the present value for purposes of testing for other-than-temporary impairment, by utilizing the same industry-standard tool and the same cash flows as those calculated for fair values (discussed above). We compute cash flows based upon the underlying mortgage loan pools and our estimates of prepayments, defaults, and loss severities. We input our projections for the underlying mortgages for the remaining life of the security to determine the expected cash flows. The discount rates used to compute the present value of the expected cash flows for purposes of testing for the credit component of the other-than-temporary impairment are different from those used to calculate fair value and are either the implicit rate calculated in each of our securities at acquisition or the last accounting yield (ASC Topic 325-40-35). We calculate the implicit rate at acquisition based on the contractual terms of the security, considering scheduled payments (and minimum payments in the case of pay-option ARMs) without prepayment assumptions. We use this discount rate in the industry-standard model to calculate the present value of the cash flows for purposes of measuring the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of our debt securities. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level estimated to provide for probable incurred losses in the loan and lease portfolio. Management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on reviews of individual loans and leases and pools of loans, recent loss experience, current economic conditions, the risk characteristics of the various categories of loans and other pertinent factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective and requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan and lease losses, which is reduced by charge-offs and recoveries of loans previously charged-off. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, may be uncollectible or impaired. The allowance for loan and lease losses includes specific and general reserves. Specific reserves are provided for impaired loans. All other impaired loans are written down through charge-offs to their realizable value and no specific or general reserve is provided. A loan is measured for impairment generally two different ways. If the loan is primarily dependent upon the borrower’s ability to make payments, then impairment is calculated by comparing the present value of the expected future payments discounted at the effective loan rate to the carrying value of the loan. If the loan is collateral dependent, the net proceeds from the sale of the collateral is compared to the carrying value of the loan. If the calculated amount is less than the carrying value of the loan, the loan has impairment. A general reserve is included in the allowance for loan and lease losses and is determined by adding the results of a quantitative and a qualitative analysis to all other loans not measured for impairment at the reporting date. The quantitative analysis determines the Bank’s actual annual historic charge-off rates and applies the average historic rates to the outstanding loan balances in each loan class. The qualitative analysis considers one or more of the following factors: changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in economic conditions, changes in the content of the portfolio, changes in lending management, changes in the volume of delinquency rates, changes to the scope of the loan review system, changes in the underlying collateral of the loans, changes in credit concentrations and any changes in the requirements to the credit loss calculations. A loss rate is estimated and applied to those loans affected by the qualitative factors. The following portfolio segments have been identified: single family secured mortgage, home equity secured mortgage, single family warehouse and other, multifamily secured mortgage, commercial real estate mortgage, recreational vehicles and auto secured, factoring, C&I and other. 37 USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES In addition to the results presented in accordance with GAAP, this report includes non-GAAP financial measures such as tangible book value per common share. Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. Readers should be aware of these limitations and should be cautious as to their use of such measures. Although we believe the non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this report enhance investors’ understanding of our business and performance, these non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for GAAP basis financial measures. We define book value adjusted for intangible assets and goodwill as tangible book value (“tangible book value”), a non-GAAP financial measure. Tangible book value is calculated using common shareholder equity minus mortgage servicing rights, goodwill and intangible assets, divided by common shares outstanding at the end of the period. Tangible book value per common share, a non-GAAP financial measure, is calculated dividing tangible book value by the common shares outstanding at the end of the period. We believe tangible book value per common share is useful in evaluating the Company’s capital strength, financial condition, and ability to manage potential losses. Below is a reconciliation of total stockholders’ equity tangible book value (Non-GAAP): (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) Total stockholders’ equity Less: preferred stock Common stockholders’ equity Less: mortgage servicing rights, carried at fair value Less: goodwill and intangible assets At the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, $ 2018 960,513 5,063 955,450 10,752 67,788 $ 2017 834,247 5,063 829,184 7,200 — $ 2016 683,590 5,063 678,527 3,943 — $ 2015 533,526 5,063 528,463 2,098 — $ 2014 370,778 5,063 365,715 562 — Tangible common stockholders equity (Non-GAAP) $ 876,910 $ 821,984 $ 674,584 $ 526,365 $ 365,153 Common shares outstanding at end of period 62,688,064 63,536,244 63,219,392 62,075,004 57,807,600 Tangible book value per common share (Non-GAAP) $ 13.99 $ 12.94 $ 10.67 $ 8.48 $ 6.32 38 AVERAGE BALANCES, NET INTEREST INCOME, YIELDS EARNED AND RATES PAID The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, information regarding (i) average balances; (ii) the total amount of interest income from interest-earning assets and the weighted average yields on such assets; (iii) the total amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the weighted average rates paid on such liabilities; (iv) net interest income; (v) interest rate spread; and (vi) net interest margin: For the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2018 Interest Income / Expense Average Yields Earned / Rates Paid Average Balance1 2017 Interest Income / Expense Average Yields Earned / Rates Paid Average Balance1 2016 Interest Income / Expense Average Yields Earned / Rates Paid Average Balance1 $ 7,893,072 $ 446,991 5.66% $ 6,819,102 $ 358,849 5.26% $ 5,680,003 $ 291,058 5.12% 807,348 12,450 1.54% 658,580 5,204 0.79% 498,483 2,070 0.42% 209,434 11,335 5.41% 393,334 16,889 4.29% 442,070 18,910 4.28% 61,222 4,298 7.02% 55,577 6,344 11.41% 62,255 5,669 9.11% 8,971,076 475,074 5.30% 7,926,593 387,286 4.89% 6,682,811 317,707 4.75% (Dollars in thousands) Assets: Loans and leases2,3 Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions Mortgage-backed and other investment securities Stock of the FHLB, at cost Total interest-earning assets Non-interest-earning assets 100,380 Total assets $ 9,071,456 116,545 $ 8,043,138 140,066 $ 6,822,877 Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity: Interest-bearing demand and savings $ 4,706,238 $ 54,013 1.15% $ 4,619,769 $ 34,556 0.75% $ 3,649,423 $ 24,611 Time deposits 990,635 25,838 2.61% 941,919 21,938 2.33% 852,590 18,056 0.67% 2.12% Securities sold under agreements to repurchase Advances from the FHLB Subordinated notes and debentures and other Total interest-bearing liabilities Non-interest-bearing demand deposits Other non-interest- bearing liabilities Stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity Net interest income Interest rate spread4 Net interest margin5 5,575 229 4.11% 33,068 1,465 4.43% 35,000 1,555 4.44% 1,296,120 22,848 1.76% 798,982 12,403 1.55% 855,029 11,175 1.31% 54,522 3,652 6.70% 55,873 3,697 6.62% 22,025 1,299 5.90% 7,053,090 106,580 1.51% 6,449,611 74,059 1.15% 5,414,067 56,696 1.05% 1,052,944 68,361 897,061 774,411 58,040 761,076 739,764 51,672 617,374 $ 9,071,456 $ 8,043,138 $ 6,822,877 $ 368,494 $ 313,227 $ 261,011 3.79% 4.11% 3.74% 3.95% 3.70% 3.91% 1 Average balances are obtained from daily data. 2 Loans and leases include loans held for sale, loan and lease premiums, discounts and unearned fees. 3 Interest income includes reductions for amortization of loan and lease and investment securities premiums and earnings from accretion of discounts and loan and lease fees. Loan and lease fee income is not significant. Also includes $29.3million as of June 30, 2018, $30.3 million as of June 30, 2017 and $31.0 million as of June 30, 2016 of loans that qualify for Community Reinvestment Act credit which are taxed at a reduced rate. 4 Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on interest- bearing liabilities. 5 Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 39 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Our results of operations depend on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest- earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Our net interest income has increased as a result of the growth in our interest earning assets and is subject to competitive factors in the online banking market. Our net interest income is reduced by our estimate of loss provisions for our loan and lease portfolio. We also earn non-interest income primarily from mortgage banking activities, banking products and service activity, prepaid card fee income, prepayment fee income from multifamily borrowers who repay their loans before maturity and from gains on sales of other loans and investment securities. Losses on investment securities reduce non-interest income. The largest component of non-interest expense is salary and benefits, which is a function of the number of personnel, which increased from 681 full time employees at June 30, 2017 to 801 full-time equivalent employees at June 30, 2018. We are subject to federal and state income taxes, and our effective tax rates were 36.42%, 42.10% and 41.78% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Other factors that affect our results of operations include expenses relating to data processing, advertising, depreciation, occupancy, professional services, and other miscellaneous expenses. COMPARISON OF THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2018 AND JUNE 30, 2017 Net Interest Income. Net interest income totaled $368.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 compared to $313.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017. The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income. Information is provided with respect to (i) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); and (ii) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The change in interest due to both volume and rate has been allocated proportionally to both, based on their relative absolute values. (Dollars in thousands) Increase (decrease) in interest income: Loans and leases Federal funds sold Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions Mortgage-backed and other investment securities Stock of the FHLB, at cost Total increase (decrease) in interest income Increase (decrease) in interest expense: Interest-bearing demand and savings Time deposits Securities sold under agreements to repurchase Advances from the FHLB Other borrowings Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2018 vs 2017 Increase (Decrease) Due to Volume Rate Total Increase (Decrease) $ 59,441 $ 28,701 $ 88,142 $ $ $ $ 1,393 (9,217) 592 52,209 660 1,174 (1,137) 8,577 (90) $ $ 5,853 3,663 (2,638) 35,579 18,797 2,726 (99) 1,868 45 7,246 (5,554) (2,046) 87,788 19,457 3,900 (1,236) 10,445 (45) Total increase (decrease) in interest expense $ 9,184 $ 23,337 $ 32,521 The change in interest due to both volume and rate has been allocated proportionally to both, based on their relative absolute values. Interest Income. Interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 totaled $475.1 million, an increase of $87.8 million, or 22.7%, compared to $387.3 million in interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 primarily due to growth in volume of interest-earning assets from loan originations, primarily from commercial & industrial lending as well as accretion from origination fees from Refund Advance loans. Fundings of Refund Advance loans increased from $0.3 billion to $1.1 billion for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2018, respectively. Average interest-earning assets for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 increased by $1,044.5 million compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 primarily due to loan and lease originations for investment which increased $1,740.1 million during the year ended June 30, 2018. Yields on loans and leases increased by 40 basis points to 5.66% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, primarily due to increased yields in the single family, commercial & industrial and H&R Block-branded loan products. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, the growth in average balances contributed additional interest income of $52.2 million, which was supplemented by a $35.6 million increase in interest income due to the increase in average rate. The average yield earned on our interest-earning assets increased to 5.30% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, up from 4.89% for the same period in 2017 primarily due to the increase in rate from loans and leases. As a result of the Federal Reserve decisions to increase the Fed Funds rate over the last year we have marked up our 40 adjustable loans and have increased the market rates on new loans. A contributing factor to the increase of loans and leases income is the amortization of origination fees for H&R Block-branded products. Interest Expense. Interest expense totaled $106.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, an increase of $32.5 million, or 43.9% compared to $74.1 million in interest expense during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, due primarily to increased rates on deposits and advances, as a result of the Federal Reserve decisions to increase the Fed Funds rate over the last year. The average rate paid on all of our interest-bearing liabilities increased to 1.51% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 from 1.15% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, due primarily to increased rates on deposits and advances from FHLB. Average interest-bearing liabilities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 increased $603.5 million compared to fiscal 2017. The average rate on interest-bearing deposits increased to 1.15% from 0.75% due to increases in prevailing deposit rates across the industry. The rates on advances from the FHLB also increased to 1.76% from 1.55% due primarily to the Fed rate increases. The average rate on time deposits increased to 2.61% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 from 2.33% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, due to Fed rate increases. Average FHLB advances for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 increased $497.1 million, or 62.2% compared to fiscal 2017. The average non-interest-bearing demand deposits were $1,052.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, representing an increase of $278.5 million. Provision for Loan and Lease Losses. Provision for loan and lease losses was $25.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 and $11.1 million for fiscal 2017. The increase in the loan and lease loss provision was primarily due to the increase in Refund Advance loan fundings from $0.3 billion to $1.1 billion during fiscal 2017 and 2018, respectively, combined with overall loan portfolio growth. The provisions are made to maintain our allowance for loan and lease losses at levels which management believes to be adequate. The assessment of the adequacy of our allowance for loan and lease losses is based upon a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including levels and trends of past due and nonaccrual loans, loss history and changes in the volume and mix of loans and collateral values. See “Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for discussion of our allowance for loan and lease losses and the related loss provisions. Non-interest Income. The following table sets forth information regarding our non-interest income: (Dollars in thousands) Realized gain on securities: Sale of securities Total realized gain on securities Unrealized loss on securities: Total impairment losses Loss (gain) recognized in other comprehensive income Net impairment loss recognized in earnings Fair value (gain) loss on trading securities Total unrealized loss on securities Prepayment penalty fee income Gain on sale – other Mortgage banking income Banking and service fees Total non-interest income For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2018 2017 $ (18) $ (18) (6,271) 6,115 (156) — (156) 3,862 5,734 13,755 47,764 $ 70,941 $ 3,920 3,920 (10,937) 8,973 (1,964) 743 (1,221) 4,574 4,487 14,284 42,088 68,132 Our relationship with H&R Block began in fiscal 2016 and introduced seasonality into banking and service fees category of non-interest income, with an increase during our second quarter and the peak income in this category typically occurring during our third fiscal quarter ended March 31. Therefore, banking and services fees for the three months ended March 31, are not indicative of results to be expected for other quarters during the fiscal year. Historically, the primary non-interest income generating H&R Block products and services that lead to the increased banking and service fees are Emerald Prepaid Mastercard® (“EPC”) and Refund Transfer (“RT”). Non-interest income totaled $70.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 compared to non-interest income of $68.1 million for fiscal 2017. The increase was primarily the result of an increase of $5.7 million in banking and service fees due to H&R Block-branded products and service fee income, a $1.2 million increase in gain on sale-other primarily from sales of structured settlements and lottery receivables, and a decrease in net unrealized loss on securities of $1.1 million, partially offset by a decrease in realized gain from sale of securities of $3.9 million, decreased levels of prepayment penalty fee income of $0.7 41 million, and a decrease in mortgage banking income of $0.5 million. Banking and service fees includes H&R Block-branded product fees, deposit fees, fee income from prepaid card sponsors, and certain C&I loan fees. The primary non-interest income- generating H&R Block products and services that led to the increased banking and service fees are EPC and RT. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, EPC increased $0.2 million to $8.0 million from $7.8 million for fiscal 2017. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, RT decreased $0.3 million to $12.5 million from $12.8 million for fiscal 2017. Included in gain on sale – other are sales of unsecured and secured consumer and business loans originated through introductions from our third-party partner relationships, for example H&R Block-branded Emerald Advance, and sales of structured settlement annuity and state lottery receivables. We engage in the wholesale and retail purchase of state lottery prize and structured settlement annuity payments. These payments are high credit quality deferred payment receivables having a state lottery commission or investment grade (top two tiers) insurance company payor. The Bank originates contracts for the retail purchase of such payments and classifies these under the heading of Factoring in the loan portfolio. Factoring yields are typically higher than mortgage loan rates. Typically, the gain received upon sale of these payment streams is greater than the gain received from an equivalent amount of mortgage loan sales. Since 2013, pools of structured settlement receivables have been originated for sale depending upon management’s assessment of interest rate risk, liquidity, and offers containing favorable terms and are classified on our balance sheet as loans held for sale. Increased originations and favorable terms during fiscal 2018 resulted in an increase in gain on sale from structured settlement annuity and state lottery receivables. Non-interest Expense. The following table sets forth information regarding our non-interest expense for the periods shown: (Dollars in thousands) Salaries and related costs Data processing and internet Advertising and promotional Depreciation and amortization Occupancy and equipment Professional services FDIC and regulator fees Real estate owned and repossessed vehicles General and administrative expenses Total non-interest expense For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2018 2017 $ 100,975 $ 17,400 15,500 8,574 6,063 5,280 4,860 260 $ 15,024 173,936 $ 81,821 13,323 9,367 6,094 5,612 4,980 4,330 498 11,580 137,605 Non-interest expense totaled $173.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, an increase of $36.3 million compared to fiscal 2017. Salaries and related costs increased $19.2 million, or 23.4%, in fiscal 2018 due to increased staffing levels to support growth in the Bank’s staffing for lending, information technology infrastructure development, regulatory compliance, and the trustee and fiduciary services. Our staff increased to 801 from 681 or 17.62% between fiscal 2018 and 2017 and increased to 681 from 647 or 5.26% between fiscal 2017 and 2016. Data processing and internet expense increased $4.1 million, primarily due to enhancements to customer interfaces and the Bank’s core processing system. Advertising and promotion expense increased $6.1 million, primarily due to additional lead generation costs, increased deposit marketing and rebranding costs. Depreciation and amortization, increased $2.5 million primarily due to depreciation on lending platform enhancements and infrastructure development and amortization of intangibles. Occupancy and equipment expense increased $0.5 million, in order to support increased production and office space for additional employees. Professional services, which include accounting and legal fees, increased $0.3 million in fiscal 2018 compared to 2017. The increase in professional services was primarily due to increased legal expenses, partially offset by increased insurance reimbursements. The change in our cost of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and OCC standard regulatory charges increased by $0.5 million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. The overall growth of the Bank’s liabilities has been offset by the generally favorable change in the FDIC deposit insurance premium calculation. As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC. General and administrative expenses increased by $3.4 million in fiscal 2018 compared to 2017. The increases were primarily due to costs to support loan and deposit production. 42 Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $87.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 compared to $98.0 million for fiscal 2017. Our effective tax rates were 36.42% and 42.10% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As a result of legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) that was enacted on December 22, 2017, during the quarter ended December 31, 2017, the Company revised its estimated annual effective rate to reflect a change in the federal statutory rate from 35.0% to 21.0%. The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code that will affect our fiscal year ending June 30, 2018, including reducing the U.S. federal corporate statutory tax rate to 21.0% beginning January 1, 2018, which results in a blended federal corporate statutory tax rate of 28.1% for the Company’s fiscal year ending June 30, 2018 that is based on the applicable tax rates before and after the Tax Act and the number of days in the fiscal year. During the quarter ended December 31, 2017, the Company revalued the deferred tax balance to reflect the new corporate tax rate, which resulted in a decrease in net deferred tax assets of $9,189. As a result, income tax expense reported for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 was adjusted to reflect the effects of the change in the tax law and the application of the newly enacted rates to existing deferred balances. Additionally, the Company received tax credits for the year ended June 30, 2018. These tax credits reduced the effective tax rate by approximately 2.38%. Lastly, the Company adopted ASU 2016-09 effective July 1, 2017. As a result of the adoption, the Company recorded $2.4 million of income tax benefits for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, respectively, related to excess tax benefits from stock compensation. Prior to 2018, such excess tax benefits were generally recorded directly in stockholders’ equity. This new accounting standard may potentially increase the volatility in the Company’s effective tax rates. COMPARISON OF THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2017 AND JUNE 30, 2016 Net Interest Income. Net interest income totaled $313.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 compared to $261.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016. The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income. Information is provided with respect to (i) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); and (ii) effects on interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The change in interest due to both volume and rate has been allocated proportionally to both, based on their relative absolute values. (Dollars in thousands) Increase/(decrease) in interest income: Loan and Leases Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions Mortgage-backed and other investment securities Stock of the FHLB, at cost Total increase/(decrease) in interest income Increase/(decrease) in interest expense: Interest-bearing demand and savings Time deposits Securities sold under agreements to repurchase Advances from the FHLB Other borrowings Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2017 vs 2016 Increase (Decrease) Due to Volume Rate Total Increase (Decrease) $ $ $ 59,657 $ 8,134 $ $ $ 837 (2,065) (652) 57,777 6,863 1,996 (86) (758) 2,221 $ $ 2,297 44 1,327 11,802 3,082 1,886 (4) 1,986 177 67,791 3,134 (2,021) 675 69,579 9,945 3,882 (90) 1,228 2,398 Total increase/(decrease) in interest expense $ 10,236 $ 7,127 $ 17,363 The change in interest due to both volume and rate has been allocated proportionally to both, based on their relative absolute values. Interest Income. Interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 totaled $387.3 million, an increase of $69.6 million, or 21.9%, compared to $317.7 million in interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 primarily due to growth in volume of interest-earning assets. Average interest-earning assets for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 increased by $1,243.8 million compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 primarily due to loan and lease originations for investment which increased $548.8 million and loan and lease purchases for investment which increased $136.4 million during the year ended June 30, 2017. 43 Yields on loans and leases increased by 14 basis points to 5.26% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, primarily due to increased yields in the single family, commercial & industrial and H&R Block-branded loan products. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, the growth in average balances contributed additional interest income of $57.8 million, which was supplemented by a $11.8 million increase in interest income due to the increase in average rate. The average yield earned on our interest-earning assets increased to 4.89% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, up from 4.75% for the same period in 2016 primarily due to the increase in rate from loans and leases. Interest Expense. Interest expense totaled $74.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, an increase of $17.4 million, or 30.6% compared to $56.7 million in interest expense during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, due primarily to increased volumes of deposits and other borrowings as well as increased rates on deposits and advances. The average rate paid on all of our interest-bearing liabilities increased to 1.15% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 from 1.05% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, due primarily to increased rates on deposits and advances from FHLB. Average interest-bearing liabilities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 increased $1,035.5 million compared to fiscal 2016. The average interest-bearing balances of demand and savings increased $970.3 million and the average interest-bearing balances increased $1,035.5 million due to increased deposits and the full year impact of our subordinated notes issued in March 2016. The average rate on interest-bearing deposits increased to 0.75% from 0.67% due to increases in prevailing deposit rates across the industry. The rates on advances from the FHLB also increased to 1.55% from 1.31% due primarily to the Fed rate increases. The average rate on time deposits increased to 2.33% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 from 2.12% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, due to issuance of longer term time deposits. The average non-interest-bearing demand deposits were $774.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, representing an increase of $34.6 million. Provision for Loan and Lease Losses. Provision for loan and lease losses was $11.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 and $9.7 million for fiscal 2016. The provisions are made to maintain our allowance for loan and lease losses at levels which management believes to be adequate. The assessment of the adequacy of our allowance for loan and lease losses is based upon a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including levels and trends of past due and nonaccrual loans, loss history and changes in the volume and mix of loans and collateral values. See “Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for discussion of our allowance for loan and lease losses and the related loss provisions. Non-interest Income. The following table sets forth information regarding our non-interest income: (Dollars in thousands) Realized gain on securities: Sale of mortgage-backed securities Total realized gain on securities Unrealized loss on securities: Total impairment losses Loss (gain) recognized in other comprehensive income Net impairment loss recognized in earnings Fair value gain (loss) on trading securities Total unrealized loss on securities Prepayment penalty fee income Gain on sale-other Mortgage banking income Banking and service fees Total non-interest income For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2016 2017 $ 3,920 $ 3,920 (10,937) 8,973 (1,964) 743 (1,221) 4,574 4,487 14,284 42,088 $ 68,132 $ 1,427 1,427 (3,472) 2,907 (565) (248) (813) 2,914 15,540 11,076 36,196 66,340 Non-interest income totaled $68.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 compared to non-interest income of $66.3 million for fiscal 2016. The increase was primarily the result of an increase of $5.9 million in banking and service fees due to H&R Block-branded products and service fee income, an increase in mortgage banking income of $3.2 million, an increase in realized gain from sale of securities of $2.5 million, and increased levels of prepayment penalty fee income of $1.7 million, partially offset by a $11.1 million decrease in gain on sale-other primarily from reduced sales of structured settlements and lottery receivables. Banking and service fees includes H&R Block-branded product fees, deposit fees and certain C&I loan fees as well as fee income from prepaid card sponsors. The primary non-interest income-generating H&R Block products and services that led to the increased banking and service fees are EPC and RT. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, EPC increased $1.4 million to $7.8 million from $6.4 million for fiscal 2016. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, RT increased $0.3 million to $12.8 million from $12.5 million for fiscal 2016. 44 Included in gain on sale – other are sales of unsecured and secured consumer and business loans originated through introductions from our third-party partner relationships, for example H&R Block-branded Emerald Advance, and sales of structured settlement annuity and state lottery receivables. These payments are high credit quality deferred payment receivables having a state lottery commission or investment grade (top two tiers) insurance company payor. The Bank originates contracts for the retail purchase of such payments and classifies these under the heading of Factoring in the loan portfolio. Factoring yields are typically higher than mortgage loan rates. Typically, the gain received upon sale of these payment streams is greater than the gain received from an equivalent amount of mortgage loan sales. Since 2013, pools of structured settlement receivables have been originated for sale depending upon management’s assessment of interest rate risk, liquidity, and offers containing favorable terms and are classified on our balance sheet as loans held for sale. Decreased originations and less favorable terms during fiscal 2017 resulted in a decrease in gain on sale from structured settlement annuity and state lottery receivables. Non-interest Expense. The following table sets forth information regarding our non-interest expense for the periods shown: (Dollars in thousands) Salaries and related costs Data processing and internet Advertising and promotional Depreciation and amortization Occupancy and equipment Professional services FDIC and regulator fees Real estate owned and repossessed vehicles Other general and administrative Total non-interest expense For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2017 2016 $ $ 81,821 $ 13,323 9,367 6,094 5,612 4,980 4,330 498 11,580 137,605 $ 66,667 10,348 6,867 4,795 4,326 4,700 4,632 (46) 10,467 112,756 Non-interest expense totaled $137.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, an increase of $24.8 million compared to fiscal 2016. Salaries and related costs increased $15.2 million, or 22.7%, in fiscal 2017 due to increased staffing levels to support growth in the Bank’s staffing for lending, information technology infrastructure development, and regulatory compliance. Our staff increased to 681 from 647 between fiscal 2017 and 2016 and increased to 647 from 467 between fiscal 2016 and 2015. Data processing and internet expense increased $3.0 million, primarily due to growth in the number of customer accounts and enhancements to the Bank’s core processing system. Advertising and promotion expense increased $2.5 million, primarily due to additional lead generation costs and increased deposit marketing. Depreciation, increased $1.3 million primarily due to depreciation on lending platform enhancements and infrastructure development. Occupancy and equipment expense increased $1.3 million, in order to support increased production and office space for additional employees. Professional services, which include accounting and legal fees, increased $0.3 million in fiscal 2017 compared to 2016. The increase in professional services was primarily due to increased legal expenses, partially offset by increased insurance reimbursements. The change in our cost of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and OCC standard regulatory charges decreased by $0.3 million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016, the nominal changes were due to a favorable change in the FDIC deposit insurance premium calculation partially offset by the overall growth of the Bank’s liabilities. As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC. Other general and administrative costs increased by $1.1 million in fiscal 2017 compared to 2016. The increases were primarily due to costs supports loan and deposit production. Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $98.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 compared to $85.6 million for fiscal 2016. Our effective tax rates were 42.10% and 41.78% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The changes in the tax rates are the result of changes in state tax allocations. COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT JUNE 30, 2018 AND JUNE 30, 2017 45 Our total assets increased $1,037.8 million, or 12.2%, to $9,539.5 million, as of June 30, 2018, up from $8,501.7 million at June 30, 2017. The loan and lease portfolio increased $1,057.8 million on a net basis, primarily from portfolio loan and lease originations and purchases of $5,922.8 million less principal repayments and other adjustments of $4,865.0 million. Investment securities decreased $92.5 million primarily due to repayments and sales, partially offset by purchases. Total liabilities increased by $911.6 million or 11.9%, to $8,579.0 million at June 30, 2018, up from $7,667.4 million at June 30, 2017. The increase in total liabilities resulted primarily from growth in deposits of $1,085.8 million partially offset by a decrease in advances from FHLB of $183.0 million. Stockholders’ equity increased by $126.3 million, or 15.1%, to $960.5 million at June 30, 2018, up from $834.2 million at June 30, 2017. The increase was the result of $152.4 million in net income for the fiscal year, $10.4 million vesting and issuance of RSUs and stock-based compensation expense, partially offset by $35.2 million in stock repurchases, $1.1 million unrealized gain in other comprehensive income, net of tax, and $0.3 million in dividends declared on preferred stock. On March 17, 2016, the Board of Directors of the Company, authorized a program to repurchase up to $100.0 million of common stock. As of June 30, 2018, the Company has repurchased a total of $35.2 million, or 1,233,491 common shares at an average price of $28.49 per share with $64.8 million remaining under the current board authorized stock repurchase program. 46 ASSET QUALITY AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES Non-performing loans and leases and foreclosed assets or “non-performing assets” consisted of the following: (Dollars in thousands) Non-performing assets: Non-accrual loans and leases: Single family real estate secured: Mortgage Home equity Multifamily real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Total non-accrual loans secured by real estate Auto and recreational vehicle secured Commercial & Industrial Other Total non-performing loans and leases Foreclosed real estate Repossessed vehicles Total non-performing assets 2018 2017 At June 30, 2016 2015 2014 $ 28,446 $ 23,377 $ 28,400 $ 22,842 $ 12,396 16 232 — 28,694 60 2,361 111 31,226 9,385 206 16 4,255 — 27,648 157 314 274 28,393 1,353 60 33 2,218 254 30,905 278 — 676 31,859 207 45 9 5,399 2,128 30,378 453 — — 30,831 1,225 15 168 4,302 2,985 19,851 534 — — 20,385 — 75 $ 40,817 $ 29,806 $ 32,111 $ 32,071 $ 20,460 Total non-performing loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases Total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets 0.37% 0.43% 0.38% 0.35% 0.50% 0.42% 0.62% 0.55% 0.57% 0.46% Our non-performing assets increased to $40.8 million at June 30, 2018 from $29.8 million at June 30, 2017. The increase in non-performing assets during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 was substantially comprised of an increase in foreclosed real estate of $8.0 million and an increase in non-performing loans and leases of $2.8 million. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets increased to 0.43% at June 30, 2018 from 0.35% at June 30, 2017. The decrease in non-performing assets during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 compared to June 30, 2016 was comprised of a decrease in non-performing loans and leases of $3.5 million partially offset by an increase in foreclosed real estate of $1.1 million. The increase in non-performing loans and leases is primarily the result of increased single family residential and commercial and industrial loans during the year ended June 30, 2018, partially offset by a decrease in non-performing loans by multifamily real estate secured loans. The decrease in non-performing loans and leases as a percentage of total loans and leases is primarily the result of loan growth. Approximately 3.30% of our non-performing loans and leases at June 30, 2018 were considered TDRs, compared to 5.56% at June 30, 2017. Borrowers making timely payments after a troubled debt restructuring are considered non-performing for at least six months. Generally, after six months of timely payments, troubled debt restructured loans are reclassified from the non- performing loan and lease category to performing and any previously deferred interest income is recognized. Approximately 91.10% of the Bank’s non-performing loans and leases are single family first mortgages already written down in aggregate to 41.28% of the original appraisal value of the underlying properties. At June 30, 2018, our $28.4 million in single family non-performing loans represents 47 loans in 17 states ranging in amount from $9,000 to $5.0 million. At June 30, 2017, our $23.4 million in single family non-performing loans represents 40 loans in 19 states ranging in amount from $12,000 to $5.0 million. The Bank has already taken impairment charge-offs of $1.9 million on the non- performing single family loans at June 30, 2018. Our $0.2 million in multifamily non-performing loans represents one loan in one state at June 30, 2018, with impairment charge-offs taken in the amount of $0.1 million. At June 30, 2017 the $4.3 million of non-performing multifamily loans represented four loans in two states, with impairment charge-offs taken in the amount of $0.1 million. At June 30, 2017 and 2018, we had no non-performing commercial real estate loans. The $60,000 in non-performing automobile and recreational vehicle (“RV”) loans represents 7 loans ranging in amount from $1,000 to $21,000 at June 30, 2018. The $157,000 in non-performing automobile and RV loans represented 12 loans ranging in amount from $200 to $40,000 at June 30, 2017. Foreclosed real estate of $9.4 million at June 30, 2018 represents three single family properties. Foreclosed real estate of $1.4 million at June 30, 2017 represented two single family properties. All foreclosed real estate is measured at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Repossessed vehicles of $206,000 includes twenty-two vehicles with fair values ranging in amount from $1 to $28,000 at June 30, 2018, compared to $60,000 at June 30, 2017, which includes five vehicles 47 with fair values ranging in amount from $6,000 to $17,000. Impaired loans are generally adjusted through charge-offs against the allowance for loan and lease losses. The $111,000 in non-performing other loans represents seven loans ranging in amount from $9,000 to $23,000 at June 30, 2018, compared to $274,000 at June 30, 2017 which includes 8 loans ranging in amount from $5,000 to $70,000. We have experienced growth in our non-performing single family mortgage loans over the last five years; however, we believe that the write-downs taken as of June 30, 2018 on these non-performing loans and the low average LTVs on the balance of our single family mortgage real estate loans in our portfolio make our future risk of loss better than other banks with significant exposure to real estate loans. If average nationwide residential housing values decline or if nationwide unemployment increases, we are likely to experience growth in the level of our non-performing loans and leases, foreclosed real estate and repossessed vehicles in future periods. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses in an amount that we believe is sufficient to provide adequate protection against probable incurred losses in our loan and lease portfolio. We evaluate quarterly the adequacy of the allowance based upon reviews of individual loans and leases, recent loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of the various categories of loans and leases and other pertinent factors. The evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan and lease losses, which is charged against current period operating results. The allowance is decreased by the amount of charge-offs of loans and leases deemed uncollectible and increased by recoveries of loans and leases previously charged off. The allowance for loan and lease losses includes specific and general reserves. Specific reserves are provided for impaired loans considered TDRs. All other impaired loans and leases are written down through charge-offs to their realizable value. A loan or lease is measured for impairment generally two different ways. If the loan or lease is primarily dependent upon the borrower to make payments, then impairment is calculated by comparing the present value of the expected future payments discounted at the effective interest rate to the carrying value of the loan or lease. If the loan or lease is collateral dependent, the net proceeds from the sale of the collateral is compared to the carrying value of the loan or lease. If the calculated amount is less than the carrying value of the loan or lease, the loan or lease has impairment. A general reserve is included in the allowance for loan and lease losses and is determined by adding the results of a quantitative and a qualitative analysis to all other loans and leases not measured for impairment at the reporting date. The quantitative analysis determines the Bank’s actual annual historic charge-off rates and applies the average historic rates to the outstanding loan and lease balances in each pool, the product of which is the general reserve amount. The qualitative analysis considers one or more of the following factors: changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in economic conditions, changes in the content of the portfolio, changes in lending management, changes in the volume of delinquency rates, changes to the scope of the loan and lease review system, changes in the underlying collateral of the loans and leases, changes in credit concentrations and any changes in the requirements to the credit loss calculations. A loss rate is estimated and applied to those loans and leases affected by the qualitative factors. The assessment of the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses is based upon a range of quantitative and qualitative factors, including levels and trends of past due and nonaccrual loans and leases, change in volume and mix of loans and leases, collateral values and charge-off history. The Company provides general loan loss reserves for its auto and RV loans based upon the borrower credit score at the time of origination and the Company’s loss experience to date. The Company obtains updated credit scores for its auto and RV borrowers approximately every six months. The updated credit score will result in a higher or lower general loan loss allowance depending on the change in borrowers’ FICO scores and the resulting shift in loan balances among the five FICO bands from which the Company measures and calculates its reserves. For the general loss reserve, the Company does not use individually updated credit scores or valuations for the real estate collateralizing its real estate loans. The allowance for loan and lease losses for the auto and RV loan portfolio at June 30, 2018 was determined by classifying each outstanding loan according to the original FICO score and providing loss rates. The Company had $213,462 (dollars in thousands) of auto and RV loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: FICO greater than or equal to 770: $105,612; 715 – 769: $73,013; 700 – 714: $18,524; 660 – 699: $14,992 and less than 660: $1,321. The Company provides general loan loss reserves for mortgage loans based upon the size and class of the mortgage loan and the loan-to-value ratio (“LTV”) at date of origination. The allowance for each class is determined by stratifying the outstanding unpaid balance for each loan by the LTV and applying a loss rate. At June 30, 2018, the LTV groupings for each significant mortgage class were as follows (dollars in thousands): The Company had $4,170,495 of single family mortgage portfolio loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: LTV less than or equal to 60%: $2,443,303; 61% – 70%: $1,387,807; 71% – 80%: $339,193; and greater than 80%: $192. The Company had $1,800,687 of multifamily mortgage portfolio loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: LTV less than or equal to 55%: $957,441; 56% – 65%: $562,928; 66% – 75%: $269,619; 76% – 80%: $9,499 and greater than 80%: $1,200. 48 During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the Company divided the LTV analysis into two classes, separating the purchased loans from the loans underwritten directly by the Company. Based on historical performance, the Company concluded that multifamily loans originated by the Bank require lower estimated loss rates than multifamily loans purchased. In fiscal years 2002 through 2004 the Company originated $137 million of primarily 30- year multifamily mortgage loans using the same basic underwriting criteria and accounting for 20%, 25% and 19% of the total average balance of the loan portfolio for fiscal year 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Company intentionally slowed its multifamily and single family origination volume in 2005 through 2009 based upon the overall loosening of credit standards by competitors and the economic downturn. Since 2009, the economy has stabilized and competitive underwriting standards have strengthened allowing the Company to resume its originations. Since 2013, our weighted average of multifamily loans is equal to 22.6% of the total loan portfolio. For these reasons, the Company believes that its historical underwriting experience originating multifamily loans allows the Company to use its historical loss rate as a reasonable indicator of risk. The historic loss or quantitative component of the Company’s general loan loss allowance is supplemented with a qualitative factor including a volume-based adjustment. At June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, all of the qualitative components of the general loan loss allowance for multifamily loans accounted for 100% and 100% of the total multifamily allowance, respectively. The Bank originates and purchases mortgage loans with terms that may include repayments that are less than the repayments for fully amortizing loans, including interest only loans, option adjustable-rate mortgages, and other loan types that permit payments that may be smaller than interest accruals. The Bank’s lending guidelines for interest only loans are adjusted for the increased credit risk associated with these loans by requiring borrowers with such loans to borrow at LTVs that are lower than standard amortizing ARM loans and by calculating debt to income ratios for qualifying borrowers based upon a fully amortizing payment, not the interest only payment. The Company’s Credit Committee monitors and performs reviews of interest only loans. Adverse trends reflected in the Company’s delinquency statistics, grading and classification of interest only loans would be reported to management and the Board of Directors. As of June 30, 2018, the Company had $1,123.1 million of interest only loans and $2.3 million of option ARM mortgage loans. Through June 30, 2018, the net amount of deferred interest on these loan types was not material to the financial position or operating results of the Company. The Company had $220,379 of commercial real estate loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: LTV less than or equal to 50%: $104,070; 51% – 60%: $47,591; 61% – 70%: $56,649; 71% – 80%: $12,069 and greater than 80%: $0. The Company’s commercial secured portfolio consists of business loans well-collateralized by real estate. The Company’s other portfolio consists of receivables factoring for businesses and consumers. The Company allocates its allowance for loan and lease losses for these asset types based on qualitative factors which consider the value of the collateral and the financial position of the issuer of the receivables. We believe the weighted average LTV percentage at June 30, 2018 of 55.35% for our entire real estate loan portfolio is lower and more conservative than most banks which has resulted, and is expected to continue to result in the future, in lower average mortgage loan charge-offs when compared to the real estate loan portfolios of other comparable banks. Seasonal fluctuations in the Other loan classification and its associated allowance for loan and lease losses primarily relate to tax season H&R Block-related loan products. These products are generally short term in nature, in that they are intended to be repaid within a few weeks or months of origination; if they are not repaid timely, they are generally charged off in their entirety at 120 days delinquent, consistent with regulatory guidance for unsecured consumer loan products. The Company provides general loan loss reserves for its H&R Block-related loans based upon prior years’ loss experience with consideration for current year loan performance. The increase in provision for loan and lease losses in the Other loan classification from $5.3 million to $17.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 and 2018, the increase in charge-offs from $3.5 million to $14.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 and 2018 and the increase in allowance transfers to held-for-sale from $1.8 million to $2.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 and 2018 were primarily due to the increase in Refund Advance loan fundings from $0.3 billion to $1.1 billion during the quarters ended March 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively, as well as the Company’s continued funding of Emerald Advance loans. During fiscal 2018 the Company was the sole provider of the Refund Advance product. The increase in provision for loan and lease losses in the Other loan classification from $2.8 million to $5.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and the increase in charge-offs from $0 to $3.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 were primarily due to the Company’s participation in the Refund Advance loan program during which $0.3 billion of loans were purchased during the quarter ended March 31, 2017, as well as its continued funding of Emerald Advance loans. The increase in provision for loan and lease losses in the Other loan classification from a reduction of $5,000 to a provision of $2.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and the increase in allowance transferred to held-for-sale from $0 to $2.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 were primarily due to the introduction of the Emerald Advance loan program. There is no long-term impact on the loan and lease portfolio credit quality, because substantially all of the tax season H&R Block-related loan products are either collected, charged-off or sold by the end of the Company’s fiscal year. While they do incur higher proportional default and charge-off rates than the remainder of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio, these asset quality attributes are within expectations of the design of the products. 49 The following table sets forth the changes in our allowance for loan and lease losses, by portfolio class for the dates indicated: Single Family Real Estate Secured: (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Home Equity Warehouse and Other Multi- family Real Estate Secured Commercial Real Estate Secured Auto and RV Secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Total Allowance as a % of Total Loans Balance at June 30, 2013 Provision for loan losses Charge-offs Recoveries Balance at June 30, 2014 Provision for loan and lease losses Charge-offs Recoveries Balance at June 30, 2015 Provision for loan and lease losses Charge-offs Transfers to held for sale Recoveries Balance at June 30, 2016 Provision for loan and lease losses Charge-offs Transfers to held for sale Recoveries Balance at June 30, 2017 Provision for loan and lease losses Charge-offs Transfers to held for sale Recoveries Balance at June 30, 2018 $ 4,812 $ 183 $ 1,250 $ 3,186 $ 1,378 $ 1,536 $ 201 $ 1,623 $ 13 $14,182 0.62% 3,214 (125) 58 3 (98) 46 9 — — 708 (359) 250 12 (355) — (142) (620) 38 78 — — 1,425 43 5,350 — — (34) (1,591) 40 432 7,959 134 1,259 3,785 1,035 812 279 3,048 62 18,373 0.51% 6,305 (747) 147 (1) (43) 32 620 — — 922 (344) — 224 (156) — 288 (271) 124 13 — — 2,834 (5) 11,200 — — — (1,561) 12 315 13,664 122 1,879 4,363 1,103 953 292 5,882 69 28,327 0.57% 5,040 (205) (134) (3) — 167 18,666 2,308 (1,115) — 113 19,972 632 (271) — 35 — 38 23 (6) (23) — 25 19 (18) (1) — 14 806 — — — (311) (114) — — (1,056) (147) — 982 854 (339) — 147 2,685 3,938 882 1,615 (387) — — — 323 — — 377 110 (23) — 39 990 (433) — 207 2,298 4,638 1,008 2,379 69 (287) — — 372 — — — (159) 1,390 — — — (803) — 212 (47) 1,748 2,800 9,700 — — — 245 156 — — — 401 44 — — — — — (808) — (2,727) (2,727) — — 1,334 7,630 142 35,826 0.56% 2,251 5,316 11,061 — (3,502) (5,096) — (1,828) (1,828) — 108 869 9,881 236 40,832 0.55% 6,357 17,113 25,800 — (14,617) (15,979) — (2,307) (2,307) — 544 805 $ 20,368 $ 14 $ 2,080 $ 5,010 $ 849 $ 3,178 $ 445 $ 16,238 $ 969 $49,151 0.58% At June 30, 2018, the entire allowance for loan and lease losses for each portfolio class was calculated as a contingent impairment (ASC 450, Contingencies for Gain and Loss). When specific loan and lease impairment analysis is performed under ASC 310-10, the impairment is either recorded as a charge-off to the loan and lease loss allowance or, if such loan is a TDR, the impairment is recorded as a specific loan and lease loss allowance. 50 The following table sets forth our allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio class: 2018 2017 At June 30, 2016 2015 2014 Loan Category as a % of Total Loans Amount of Allowance Loan Category as a % of Total Loans Loan Category as a % of Total Loans Amount of Allowance Loan Category as a % of Total Loans Amount of Allowance Amount of Allowance Amount of Allowance Loan Category as a % of Total Loans $ 20,368 49.3% $ 19,972 52.4% $ 18,666 57.5% $ 13,664 59.6% $ 7,959 14 2,080 —% 4.8% 19 2,298 —% 6.1% 23 2,685 —% 8.4% 122 1,879 0.1% 7.7% 134 1,259 53.4% 0.4% 10.3% 5,010 21.1% 4,638 21.7% 3,938 21.5% 4,363 23.7% 3,785 27.2% 849 3,178 445 16,238 969 2.6% 2.5% 2.1% 17.4% 0.2% 1,008 2,379 401 9,881 236 2.2% 2.1% 2.1% 13.3% 0.1% 882 1,615 245 7,630 142 1.9% 1.2% 1.5% 8.0% —% 1,103 953 292 5,882 69 1.2% 0.3% 2.4% 5.0% —% 1,035 812 279 3,048 62 0.7% 0.4% 3.3% 4.2% 0.1% $ 49,151 100.0% $ 40,832 100.0% $ 35,826 100.0% $ 28,327 100.0% $ 18,373 100.0% (Dollars in thousands) Single family real estate secured: Mortgage Home equity Warehouse & Other Multifamily real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto & RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total The Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses increased $8.3 million or 20.4% from June 30, 2017 to June 30, 2018. As a percentage of the outstanding loan balance the Company’s loan and lease loss allowance was 0.58% at June 30, 2018 and 0.55% at June 30, 2017. Provisions for loan loss were $25.8 million for fiscal 2018 and $11.1 million for fiscal 2017. The Company’s loan and lease loss provisions for fiscal 2018 compared to 2017 increased by $14.7 million as a result of an increase in Refund Advance loan fundings from $0.3 billion to $1.1 billion from 2017 to 2018, respectively, combined with loan and lease portfolio growth and a change in the loan and lease mix. Charge-offs, net of recoveries, for fiscal 2018 decreased $0.8 million, increased $0.4 million and increased $16,000 for single family mortgage, multifamily and commercial real estate secured loans, respectively. Charge-offs, net of recoveries, for the auto & RV portfolio increased $0.4 million for fiscal 2018. Charge-offs, net of recoveries, for the Other portfolio increased $10.7 million for fiscal 2018. For fiscal 2017 charge-offs, net of recoveries, increased $1.0 million, decreased $0.5 million and increased $0.8 million for single family mortgage, multifamily and commercial real estate secured loans, respectively. Charge-offs, net of recoveries, attributable to the auto & RV portfolio increased $34,000 for fiscal 2017. Charge-offs, net of recoveries, attributable to the Other portfolio increased $3.4 million for fiscal 2017. Between June 30, 2017 and 2018, the Bank’s total allowance for loan and lease losses as a proportion of the loan and lease portfolio increased 3 basis points primarily due to a change in the loan and lease mix. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Liquidity. Our sources of liquidity include deposits, borrowings, payments and maturities of outstanding loans, sales of loans, maturities or gains on sales of investment securities and other short-term investments. While scheduled loan payments and maturing investment securities and short-term investments are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. We generally invest excess funds in overnight deposits and other short-term interest-earning assets. We use cash generated through retail deposits, our largest funding source, to offset the cash utilized in lending and investing activities. Our short-term interest-earning investment securities are also used to provide liquidity for lending and other operational requirements. As an additional source of funds, we have two credit agreements. BofI Federal Bank can borrow up to 40% of its total assets from the FHLB. Borrowings are collateralized by pledging certain mortgage loans and investment securities to the FHLB. Based on loans and securities pledged at June 30, 2018, we had a total borrowing availability of approximately $1.6 billion available immediately, which represents a fully collateralized position, for advances from the FHLB for terms up to ten years. The Bank can also borrow from the discount window at the FRB. FRB borrowings are collateralized by commercial loans, consumer loans and mortgage-backed securities pledged to the FRB. Based on loans and securities pledged at June 30, 2018, we had a total borrowing capacity of approximately $917.0 million, all of which was available for use. At June 30, 2018, we also had $35.0 million in unsecured fed funds purchase lines with two major banks under which there were no borrowings outstanding. 51 In the past, we have used long-term borrowings to fund our loans and to minimize our interest rate risk. Our future borrowings will depend on the growth of our lending operations and our exposure to interest rate risk. We expect to continue to use deposits and advances from the FHLB as the primary sources of funding our future asset growth. In December 2004, we completed a transaction in which we formed a trust and issued $5.0 million of trust-preferred securities. The net proceeds from the offering were used to purchase approximately $5.2 million of junior subordinated debentures of our company with a stated maturity date of February 23, 2035. The debentures are the sole assets of the trust. The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. We have the right to redeem the debentures in whole (but not in part) on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indenture plus any accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date. Interest accrues at the rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.4%, for a rate of 4.73% as of June 30, 2018, with interest paid quarterly starting in February 2005. We entered into this transaction to provide additional regulatory capital to our Bank to support its growth. In February 2015, we filed a shelf registration with the SEC which allows us to issue up to $350.0 million through the sale of debt securities, common stock, preferred stock and warrants. In March 2016, we completed the sale of $51.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6.25% Subordinated Notes due February 28, 2026 (the “Notes”). We received $51.0 million in gross proceeds as a part of this transaction, before the 3.15% underwriting discount and other offering expenses. The Notes mature on February 28, 2026 and accrue interest at a rate of 6.25% per annum, with interest payable quarterly. The Notes may be redeemed on or after March 31, 2021, which date may be extended at the our discretion, at a redemption price equal to principal plus accrued and unpaid interest, subject to certain conditions described in the Indenture. In March 2018, we filed a post-effective amendment to deregister all securities unsold under the February 2015 shelf registration and subsequently, we filed a new shelf registration with the SEC which allows us to issue up to $350.0 million through the sale of debt securities, common stock, preferred stock and warrants. AT-THE-MARKET OFFERINGS On February 23, 2015, we entered into an At-the-Market (“ATM”) Equity Distribution Agreement with FBR Capital Markets & Co., Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. (the “2015 Distribution Agents”) pursuant to which we may issue and sell through the 2015 Distribution Agents from time to time shares of our common stock in at the market offerings with an aggregate offering price of up to $50.0 million (the “2015 ATM Offering”). The sales of shares of our common stock under the Equity Distribution Agreement are to be made in “at the market” offerings as defined in Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including sales made directly on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (the principal existing trading market for our common stock), or sales made through a market maker or any other trading market for our common stock, or (with our prior consent) in privately negotiated transactions at negotiated prices. The aggregate compensation payable to the 2015 Distribution Agents under the Distribution Agreement will not exceed 2.5% of the gross sales price of the shares sold under the agreement. We have also agreed to reimburse the 2015 Distribution Agents for up to $75,000 in their expenses through September 30, 2015 and up to $25,000 thereafter and have provided the 2015 Distribution Agents with customary indemnification rights. In February 2015, we commenced sales of common stock through the 2015 ATM Offering. The details of the shares of common stock sold through the 2015 ATM Offering through March 31, 2015 are as follows (dollars in thousands, except per share data): Number of Shares Sold1 Net Proceeds Distribution Agent FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. Weighted Average Per Share Price1 Month 22.68 $ February 2015 23.38 $ March 2015 23.10 $ April 2015 23.69 $ May 2015 24.69 $ June 2015 27.37 $ July 2015 32.81 August 2015 $ 30.99 September 2015 $ 32.43 $ October 2015 40,000 $ 518,528 $ 265,088 $ 122,800 $ 251,592 $ 280,000 $ 40,000 $ 240,000 $ 163,808 $ Compensation to Distribution Agent 23 303 153 73 155 192 33 186 132 884 $ 11,818 $ 5,971 $ 2,837 $ 6,057 $ 7,471 $ 1,279 $ 7,252 $ 5,181 $ 1 Amounts have been retroactively restated for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and prior periods presented to reflect the four-for-one forward split of the Company’s common stock effected in the form of a stock dividend that was distributed on November 17, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the total gross sales were $50.0 million, which completed this offering. 52 Off-Balance Sheet Commitments. At June 30, 2018, we had commitments to originate loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $786.0 million, commitments to sell loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance at the time of sale of $87.6 million, and no commitments to purchase loans, investment securities or any other unused lines of credit. See Item 3. Legal Proceedings for further information on pending litigation in which we are involved. Contractual Obligations. The Company enters into contractual obligations in the normal course of business primarily as a source of funds for its asset growth and to meet required capital needs. Our time deposits due within one year of June 30, 2018 totaled $1,259.1 million. If these maturing deposits do not remain with us, we may be required to seek other sources of funds, including other time deposits and borrowings. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on deposits and borrowings than we currently pay on time deposits maturing within one year. We believe, however, based on past experience, that a significant portion of our time deposits will remain with us. We believe we have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting interest rates offered. The following table presents our contractual obligations for long-term debt, time deposits, and operating leases by payment date: At June 30, 2018 Payments Due by Period (Dollars in thousands) Long-term debt obligations1, 2 Time deposits2 Operating lease obligations3 Total Total Less than One Year One to Three Years Three to Five Years More than Five Years $ $ 561,124 $ 239,509 $ 135,003 $ 87,828 $ 2,096,763 87,124 1,288,400 4,573 142,602 12,918 150,092 15,082 2,745,011 $ 1,532,482 $ 290,523 $ 253,002 $ 98,784 515,669 54,551 669,004 1 Long-term debt includes advances from the FHLB and Subordinated notes and debentures. 2 Amounts include principal and interest due to recipient. 3 Payments are for the lease of real property. Capital Requirements. Our Company and Bank are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements promulgated by federal bank regulatory agencies. Failure by our Company or Bank to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for our Company and the OCC has similar requirements for our Bank. The following tables present regulatory capital information for our Company and Bank. Information presented for June 30, 2018, reflects the Basel III capital requirements that became effective January 1, 2015 for both our Company and Bank. Under these capital requirements and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, our Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our Company and Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation require our Company and Bank to maintain certain minimum capital amounts and ratios. Federal bank regulators require our Company and Bank maintain minimum ratios of core capital to adjusted average assets of 4.0%, common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%, tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.0% and total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. To be “well capitalized,” our Company and Bank must maintain minimum leverage, common equity tier 1 risk-based, tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios of at least 5.0%, 6.5%, 8.0% and 10.0%, respectively. At June 30, 2018, our Company and Bank met all the capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject to and were “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. Management believes that no conditions or events have occurred since June 30, 2018 that would materially adversely change the Company’s and Bank’s capital classifications. From time to time, we may need to raise additional capital to support our Company’s and Bank’s further growth and to maintain their “well capitalized” status. 53 The Bank’s and Company’s capital amounts, capital ratios and requirements were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Regulatory Capital: Tier 1 BofI Holding, Inc. BofI Federal Bank June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 “Well Capitalized” Ratio Minimum Capital Ratio $ 893,338 $ 833,759 $ 837,985 $ 804,317 Common equity tier 1 $ 888,275 Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) $ 993,650 $ 828,696 $ 837,985 $ 804,317 $ 925,720 $ 887,297 $ 845,278 Assets: Average adjusted Total risk-weighted Regulatory Capital Ratios: Tier 1 leverage (core) capital to adjusted average assets Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk- weighted assets) Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) $9,450,894 $8,380,909 $9,509,891 $8,374,509 $6,694,963 $5,651,522 $6,686,634 $5,645,112 9.45% 9.95% 8.88% 9.60% 5.00% 4.00% 13.27% 14.66% 12.53% 14.25% 6.50% 4.50% 13.34% 14.84% 14.75% 16.38% 12.53% 13.27% 14.25% 14.97% 8.00% 10.00% 6.00% 8.00% Beginning January 1, 2016, Basel III implements a requirement for all banking organizations to maintain a capital conservation buffer above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid certain limitations on capital distributions, stock repurchases and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. The capital conservation buffer is exclusively composed of common equity tier 1 capital, and it applies to each of the three risk-based capital ratios but not the leverage ratio. At June 30, 2018, the Company and Bank are in compliance with the capital conservation buffer requirement, which increases the three risk- based capital ratios by 0.625% each year through 2019, at which point, the common equity tier 1 risk based, tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios will be 7.0%, 8.5% and 10.5%, respectively. In connection with the approval of the acquisition of the H&R Block Bank deposits on September 1, 2015, the Bank executed a letter agreement with the OCC to maintain its Tier 1 leverage capital ratio at a minimum of 8.50% for the quarters ended in June, September and December and a minimum of 8.00% for the quarter ended in March, subject to certain adjustments. At June 30, 2018 the Bank is in compliance with this letter agreement. As of August 2018, due to the Bank’s satisfactory operational performance under the letter agreement, the OCC has removed the additional capital maintenance requirements required in the letter agreement. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Market risk is defined as the sensitivity of income and capital to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and other relevant market rates or prices. The primary market risk to which we are exposed is interest rate risk. Changes in interest rates can have a variety of effects on our business. In particular, changes in interest rates affect our net interest income, net interest margin, net income, the value of our securities portfolio, the volume of loans originated, and the amount of gain or loss on the sale of our loans. We are exposed to different types of interest rate risk. These risks include lag, repricing, basis, prepayment and lifetime cap risk, each of which is described in further detail below: Lag/Repricing Risk. Lag risk results from the inherent timing difference between the repricing of our adjustable rate assets and our liabilities. Repricing risk is caused by the mismatch of repricing methods between interest-earning assets and interest- bearing liabilities. Lag/repricing risk can produce short-term volatility in our net interest income during periods of interest rate movements even though the effect of this lag generally balances out over time. One example of lag risk is the repricing of assets indexed to the monthly treasury average (“MTA”). The MTA index is based on a moving average of rates outstanding during the previous 12 months. A sharp movement in interest rates in a month will not be fully reflected in the index for 12 months resulting in a lag in the repricing of our loans and securities based on this index. We expect more of our interest-earning liabilities will mature or reprice within one year than will our interest-bearing assets, resulting in a one year negative interest rate sensitivity gap (the difference between our interest rate sensitive assets maturing or repricing within one year and our interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing within one year, expressed as a percentage of total interest-earning assets). In a rising interest rate 54 environment, an institution with a positive gap would generally be expected, absent the effects of other factors, to experience a greater increase in its yield on assets relative to its cost on liabilities, and thus an increase in its net interest income. Basis Risk. Basis risk occurs when assets and liabilities have similar repricing timing but repricing is based on different market interest rate indices. Our adjustable rate loans that reprice are directly tied to indices based upon U.S. Treasury rates, LIBOR, Eleventh District Cost of Funds and the Prime rate. Our deposit rates are not directly tied to these same indices. Therefore, if deposit interest rates rise faster than the adjustable rate loan indices and there are no other changes in our asset/liability mix, our net interest income will likely decline due to basis risk. Prepayment Risk. Prepayment risk results from the right of customers to pay their loans prior to maturity. Generally, loan prepayments increase in falling interest rate environments and decrease in rising interest rate environments. In addition, prepayment risk results from the right of customers to withdraw their time deposits before maturity. Generally, early withdrawals of time deposits increase during rising interest rate environments and decrease in falling interest rate environments. When estimating the future performance of our assets and liabilities, we make assumptions as to when and how much of our loans and deposits will be prepaid. If the assumptions prove to be incorrect, the asset or liability may perform differently than expected. In the last three fiscal years, the Bank has experienced high rates of loan prepayments due to historically low interest rates and a low LTV loan portfolio. Lifetime Cap Risk. Our adjustable rate loans have lifetime interest rate caps. In periods of rising interest rates, it is possible for the fully indexed interest rate (index rate plus the margin) to exceed the lifetime interest rate cap. This feature prevents the loan from repricing to a level that exceeds the cap’s specified interest rate, thus adversely affecting net interest income in periods of relatively high interest rates. On a weighted average basis, our adjustable rate loans at June 30, 2018 had lifetime rate caps that were 607 basis points greater than their current stated note rates. If market rates rise by more than the interest rate cap, we will not be able to increase these loan rates above the interest rate cap. The principal objective of our asset/liability management is to manage the sensitivity of Market Value of Equity (“MVE”) to changing interest rates. Asset/liability management is governed by policies reviewed and approved annually by our board of directors. Our board of directors has delegated the responsibility to oversee the administration of these policies to the asset/liability committee (“ALCO”). The interest rate risk strategy currently deployed by ALCO is to primarily use “natural” balance sheet hedging. ALCO makes precise adjustments to the overall MVE sensitivity by recommending investment and borrowing strategies. The management team then executes the recommended strategy by increasing or decreasing the duration of the investments and borrowings, resulting in the appropriate level of market risk the board wants to maintain. Other examples of ALCO policies designed to reduce our interest rate risk include limiting the premiums paid to purchase mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities. This policy addresses mortgage prepayment risk by capping the yield loss from an unexpected high level of mortgage loan prepayments. At least once a quarter, ALCO members report to our board of directors the status of our interest rate risk profile. We measure interest rate sensitivity as the difference between amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that mature within a given period of time. The difference, or the interest rate sensitivity gap, provides an indication of the extent to which an institution’s interest rate spread will be affected by changes in interest rates. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities and negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. In a rising interest rate environment, an institution with a positive gap would be in a better position than an institution with a negative gap to invest in higher yielding assets or to have its asset yields adjusted upward, which would result in the yield on its assets to increase at a faster pace than the cost of its interest-bearing liabilities. During a period of falling interest rates, however, an institution with a positive gap would tend to have its assets mature at a faster rate than one with a negative gap, which would tend to reduce the growth in its net interest income. 55 The following table sets forth the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities: (Dollars in thousands) Interest-earning assets: Cash and cash equivalents Mortgage-backed and other investment securities1 Stock of the FHLB, at cost Loans, net of allowance for loan and lease losses2 Loans held for sale Total interest-earning assets Non-interest-earning assets Total assets Interest-bearing liabilities: Interest-bearing deposits3 Advances from the FHLB Other borrowings Total interest-bearing liabilities Other non-interest-bearing liabilities Stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and equity Net interest rate sensitivity gap Cumulative gap Term to Repricing, Repayment, or Maturity at Six Months or Less Over Six Months Through One Year June 30, 2018 Over One Year through Five Years Over Five Years Total $ 622,850 $ — $ — $ — $ 152,830 17,250 3,071,106 37,763 3,901,799 — 3,901,799 1,521,081 214,500 5,111 1,280 — 17,079 — 1,026,606 4,179,893 — — 1,027,886 4,196,972 $ $ — 1,027,886 4,740,549 15,000 — 1,740,692 4,755,549 — — — — 1,740,692 2,161,107 2,161,107 $ $ $ 4,755,549 (3,727,663) (1,566,556) — 4,196,972 229,719 197,500 — 427,219 — — 427,219 3,769,753 2,203,197 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 9,116 — 154,684 — 163,800 — 163,800 478,646 30,000 49,441 558,087 — — 558,087 (394,287) 1,808,910 $ $ $ $ $ 622,850 180,305 17,250 8,432,289 37,763 9,290,457 249,047 9,539,504 6,969,995 457,000 54,552 7,481,547 1,097,444 960,513 9,539,504 1,808,910 1,808,910 19.47% 19.47% Net interest rate sensitivity gap—as a % of interest- earning assets Cumulative gap—as a % of cumulative interest- earning assets 23.26% (40.12)% 40.58% (4.24)% 23.26% (16.86)% 23.71% 19.47 % 1 Comprised of U.S. government securities, mortgage-backed securities and other securities, which are classified as trading and available-for-sale. The table reflects contractual repricing dates. 2 The table reflects either contractual repricing dates, or maturities. 3 The table assumes that the principal balances for demand deposit and savings accounts will reprice in the first year. Although “gap” analysis is a useful measurement device available to management in determining the existence of interest rate exposure, its static focus as of a particular date makes it necessary to utilize other techniques in measuring exposure to changes in interest rates. For example, gap analysis is limited in its ability to predict trends in future earnings and makes no assumptions about changes in prepayment tendencies, deposit or loan maturity preferences or repricing time lags that may occur in response to a change in the interest rate environment. Our net interest margin for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 increased to 4.11% compared to 3.95% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, interest income earned on loans and on mortgage backed securities was influenced by the amortization of premiums and discounts on purchases, and interest expense paid on deposits and new borrowings were influenced by the Fed Funds rate. The following table indicates the sensitivity of net interest income movements to parallel instantaneous shocks in interest rates for the 1-12 months and 13-24 months’ time periods. For purposes of modeling net interest income sensitivity the Bank assumes no growth in the balance sheet other than for retained earnings: (Dollars in thousands) Up 200 basis points Base Down 200 basis points As of June 30, 2018 First 12 Months Next 12 Months Net Interest Income Percentage Change from Base Net Interest Income Percentage Change from Base $ $ $ 377,301 354,883 328,766 56 6.3 % $ — % $ (7.4)% $ 381,210 373,301 365,131 2.1 % — % (2.2)% We attempt to measure the effect market interest rate changes will have on the net present value of assets and liabilities, which is defined as MVE. We analyze the MVE sensitivity to an immediate parallel and sustained shift in interest rates derived from current U.S. Treasury and LIBOR yield curves. For rising interest rate scenarios, the base market interest rate forecast was increased by 100, 200 and 300 basis points. For the falling interest rate scenarios, we used a 100 basis points decrease due to limitations inherent in the current rate environment. The following table indicates the sensitivity of MVE to the interest rate movement as described above: (Dollars in thousands) Up 300 basis points Up 200 basis points Up 100 basis points Base Down 100 basis points As of June 30, 2018 Market Value of Equity Percentage Change from Base MVE as a Percentage of Assets $ $ $ $ $ 1,096,938 1,135,321 1,152,826 1,146,593 1,050,428 (4.3)% (1.0)% 0.5 % — % (8.4)% 11.9% 12.2% 12.2% 12.0% 10.9% The computation of the prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes is based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of interest rates, asset prepayments, runoffs in deposits and changes in repricing levels of deposits to general market rates, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. Furthermore, these computations do not take into account any actions that we may undertake in response to future changes in interest rates. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.” ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA The following financial statements are filed as a part of this report beginning on page F-1: DESCRIPTION Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2018 and 2017 Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements PAGE F-1 F-2 F-3 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-8 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Our management, under supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based upon this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2018, the disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 57 Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(1) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of; our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that: • • • Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of our assets; Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2018. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 version). The Company has excluded the bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services acquisition on April 4, 2018 from Epiq Systems, Inc. representing approximately: (i) less than 1% total assets; (ii) less than 1% of net interest income; (iii) 3% of non-interest income; and (iv) less than 1% of net income for the year ended June 30, 2018, from the scope of management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. Based on this assessment, management has determined that our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2018 is effective. BDO USA, LLP has audited the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2018, as stated in their report dated August 23, 2018. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. On April 4, 2018, the Company completed the bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services acquisition, which is being integrated into the Company’s operations. As part of the integration activities, management is continuing to apply controls and procedures to the bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services business and to enhance Company-wide controls to reflect the risks inherent in the bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services business. There were no other changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the the quarter ended June 30, 2018 (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting. 58 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Shareholders and Board of Directors BofI Holding, Inc. San Diego, California Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited BofI Holding, Inc.’s (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2018, based on the COSO criteria. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2018, and the related notes and our report dated August 23, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. As indicated in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of the bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services business of Epiq Systems, Inc., which was acquired on April 4, 2018, and which is included in the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. The bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services business of Epiq Systems, Inc. constituted less than 1% of total assets as of June 30, 2018, and less than 1%, 3% and less than 1% of net interest income, non-interest income, and net income, respectively, for the year then ended. Management did not assess the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of the bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services business of Epiq Systems, Inc. because of the timing of the acquisition which was completed on April 4, 2018. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of the bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services business of Epiq Systems, Inc. 59 Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with both generally accepted accounting principles and regulatory reporting instructions. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with both generally accepted accounting principles and regulatory reporting instructions, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ BDO USA, LLP San Diego, California August 23, 2018 60 ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. 61 PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The information called for by this item with respect to directors and executive officers is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Election of Directors” and “Executive Compensation” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after June 30, 2018 (the “Proxy Statement”). The information with respect to our audit committee and our audit committee financial expert is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Committees of the Board of Directors” in the Proxy Statement. The information with respect to our Code of Ethics is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Corporate Governance—Code of Business Conduct” in the Proxy Statement. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy Statement. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the sections captioned “Principal Holders of Common Stock” and “Security Ownership of Directors and Named Executive Officers” in the Proxy Statement. Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is disclosed above in Item 5, which information is incorporated herein by this reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the sections captioned “Related Transactions And Other Matters” and “Corporate Governance—Board of Directors Composition and Independence” in the Proxy Statement. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained in the section captioned “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement. 62 PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a)(1). Financial Statements: See Part II, Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary data. (a)(2). (a)(3). Exhibit Number 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 10.1 10.2* 10.3* 10.4* 10.5* 10.6 10.7* Financial Statement Schedules: All financial statement schedules have been omitted as they are either not required, not applicable, or the information is otherwise included. Exhibits: Description Incorporated By Reference to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on July 6, 1999 Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-121329) filed on January 26, 2005. Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on August 19, 1999 Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on February 25, 2003 Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on January 25, 2005 Certificate Eliminating Reference to a Series of Shares from the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on October 25, 2013 Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on November 5, 2015 By-laws Certificate of Designation-Series A – 6% Cumulative Nonparticipating Perpetual Preferred Stock, Convertible through January 1, 2009 Subordinated Indenture, dated as of March 3, 2016, between BofI Holding, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 3, 2016, between BofI Holding, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Global Note to represent the 6.25% Subordinated Notes due February 28, 2026 of BofI Holding, Inc. Amendment No.1 dated March 24, 2016 to First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 3, 2016, between BofI Holding, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of its executive officers and directors Exhibit 3.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-121329) filed on January 26, 2005. Exhibit 3.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-121329) filed on January 26, 2005. Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-121329) filed on January 26, 2005. Exhibit 3.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 7, 2011. Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 28, 2013. Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2015. Exhibit 3.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004. Exhibit 3.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-121329) filed on January 26, 2005. Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2016. Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2016. Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2016. Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 24, 2016. Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-121329) filed on February 24, 2005. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended November 20, 2007 Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004. 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including forms of agreements thereunder Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121329) filed on December 16, 2004. First Amended Employment Agreement, dated April 22, 2010, between Bank of Internet USA and Andrew J. Micheletti. Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 28, 2010. Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of BofI Trust I dated December 16, 2004 Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-121329) filed on January 26, 2005. Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated May 26, 2011, between the Company and subsidiaries, and Gregory Garrabrants Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2011. 63 Exhibit Number 10.7.1* 10.8 10.13 10.13.1 10.13.2 10.14* 10.15 10.16 21.1 23.1 24.1 31.1 31.2 32.1 32.2 Description Incorporated By Reference to Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 30, 2017, between the Company and subsidiaries, and Gregory Garrabrants Lease Agreement dated December 5, 2011 between La Jolla Village, LLC and the Company 10.9* BofI Holding, Inc. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan 10.10* 10.11* 10.12* Amendment to BofI Holding, Inc. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan Description of Amendment to Employment Letter between Eshel Bar-Adon and BofI Federal Bank Description of Amendment to Employment Letter between Brian Swanson and BofI Federal Bank 10.12.1* Description of Amendment to Employment Letter between Brian Swanson and BofI Federal Bank Program Management Agreement, dated August 31, 2015, by and among BofI Federal Bank, H&R Block, Inc. and Emerald Financial Services, LLC Emerald Advance Receivables Participation Agreement, dated August 31, 2015, by and among BofI Federal Bank, H&R Block, Inc., Emerald Financial Services, LLC and HRB Participant I, LLC Guaranty Agreement, dated August 31, 2015, by and among BofI Federal Bank and H&R Block, Inc. Description of Amendment to Employment Letter between Thomas Constantine and BofI Federal Bank Office Space Lease Between Pacifica Tower LLC and BofI Holding, Inc. Sixth Amendment to Office Space Lease Between 4350 La Jolla Village LLC and BofI Holding, Inc. Subsidiaries of the Company consist of BofI Federal Bank (federal charter) and BofI Trust I (Delaware charter) Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2017. Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 9, 2011. Appendix A to the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on September 8, 2014. Exhibit 10.10 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 24, 2017. Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2014. Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2014. Exhibits 99.1 and 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 15, 2015. Exhibit 10.1 (Program Management Agreement) to Form 8-K filed by H&R Block, Inc. on September 1, 2015. *** Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed by H&R Block, Inc. on September 1, 2015. *** Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed by H&R Block, Inc. on September 1, 2015. *** Exhibit 10.16 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on August 26, 2015. Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on May 18, 2018. Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on May 18, 2018. Consent of BDO USA, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Filed herewith. Power of Attorney, incorporated by reference to the signature page to this report. Signature page to this report. Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Filed herewith. Filed herewith. Filed herewith. Filed herewith. 101.INS** XBRL Instance Document The instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the inline XBRL document. 101.SCH** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document Filed herewith. 101.CAL** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 101.DEF** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 101.LAB** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 101.PRE** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document Filed herewith. Filed herewith. Filed herewith. Filed herewith. *Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement. **XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections. ***Certain schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Company agrees to furnish supplementally to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request copies of any omitted schedule. A list of the omitted schedules and exhibits is set forth on the final page of the exhibit, and is incorporated herein by reference. 64 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Date: August 23, 2018 BOFI HOLDING, INC. By: /s/ Gregory Garrabrants Gregory Garrabrants President and Chief Executive Officer 65 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Gregory Garrabrants and Andrew J. Micheletti, jointly and severally, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant as of August 23, 2018 in the capacities indicated: Signature Title /s/ Gregory Garrabrants Gregory Garrabrants /s/ Andrew J. Micheletti Andrew J. Micheletti /s/ Derrick K. Walsh Derrick K. Walsh /s/ Paul Grinberg Paul Grinberg /s/ Nicholas A. Mosich Nicholas A. Mosich /s/ James S. Argalas James S. Argalas /s/ J. Brandon Black J. Brandon Black /s/ Gary Burke Gary Burke /s/ James Court James Court /s/ Edward J. Ratinoff Edward J. Ratinoff /s/ Uzair Dada Uzair Dada Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), Director Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) Chairman Vice Chairman Director Director Director Director Director Director 66 BOFI HOLDING, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DESCRIPTION Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2018 and 2017 Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements PAGE F-1 F-2 F-3 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-8 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Shareholders and Board of Directors BofI Holding, Inc. San Diego, California Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BofI Holding, Inc. (the “Company”) and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and subsidiaries at June 30, 2018 and 2017, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) and our report dated August 23, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. /s/ BDO USA, LLP We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013. San Diego, California August 23, 2018 F-1 BOFI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Dollars in thousands, except par and stated value) ASSETS Cash and due from banks Federal funds sold Total cash and cash equivalents Securities: Trading Available for sale Stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank, at cost Loans held for sale, carried at fair value Loans held for sale, carried at lower of cost or fair value Loans and leases—net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $49,151 as of June 2018 and $40,832 as of June 2017 Accrued interest receivable Furniture, equipment and software—net Deferred income tax Cash surrender value of life insurance Mortgage servicing rights, carried at fair value Other real estate owned and repossessed vehicles Goodwill and other intangible assets—net Other assets TOTAL ASSETS LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Deposits: Non-interest bearing Interest bearing Total deposits Securities sold under agreements to repurchase Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank Subordinated notes and debentures and other Accrued interest payable Accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other liabilities Total liabilities COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 15) STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY: At June 30, 2018 2017 $ $ 622,750 100 622,850 — 180,305 17,250 35,077 2,686 8,432,289 26,729 21,454 17,957 6,358 10,752 9,591 67,788 88,418 9,539,504 1,015,355 6,969,995 7,985,350 — 457,000 54,552 1,753 80,336 8,578,991 $ $ $ $ 628,172 15,369 643,541 8,327 264,470 63,207 18,738 6,669 7,374,493 20,781 16,659 34,341 6,174 7,200 1,413 — 35,667 8,501,680 848,544 6,050,963 6,899,507 20,000 640,000 54,463 1,284 52,179 7,667,433 Preferred stock—$0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; Series A—$10,000 stated value and liquidation preference per share; 515 shares issued and outstanding as of June 2018 and June 2017 Common stock—$0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized, 65,796,060 shares issued and 62,688,064 shares outstanding as of June 2018, 65,115,932 shares issued and 63,536,244 shares outstanding as of June 2017 Additional paid-in capital Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)—net of tax Retained earnings Treasury stock, at cost; 3,107,996 shares as of June 2018 and 1,579,688 shares as of June 2017 Total stockholders’ equity TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 5,063 5,063 658 366,515 (613) 671,348 651 346,117 487 519,246 (82,458) 960,513 9,539,504 $ (37,317) 834,247 8,501,680 $ See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. F-2 BOFI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME Year Ended June 30, 2017 2016 2018 $ $ 446,991 28,083 475,074 $ 358,849 28,437 387,286 79,851 22,848 3,881 106,580 368,494 25,800 342,694 56,494 12,403 5,162 74,059 313,227 11,061 302,166 291,058 26,649 317,707 42,667 11,175 2,854 56,696 261,011 9,700 251,311 (18) 3,920 1,427 (6,271) 6,115 (156) — (156) 3,862 5,734 13,755 47,764 70,941 100,975 17,400 15,500 8,574 6,063 5,280 4,860 260 15,024 173,936 239,699 87,288 152,411 152,102 151,311 2.41 2.37 $ $ $ $ $ (10,937) 8,973 (1,964) 743 (1,221) 4,574 4,487 14,284 42,088 68,132 81,821 13,323 9,367 6,094 5,612 4,980 4,330 498 11,580 137,605 232,693 97,953 134,740 134,431 142,531 2.11 2.10 $ $ $ $ $ (3,472) 2,907 (565) (248) (813) 2,914 15,540 11,076 36,196 66,340 66,667 10,348 6,867 4,795 4,326 4,700 4,632 (46) 10,467 112,756 204,895 85,604 119,291 118,982 121,386 1.87 1.87 (Dollars in thousands, except earnings per share) INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME: Loans and leases, including fees Investments Total interest and dividend income INTEREST EXPENSE: Deposits Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank Other borrowings Total interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan and lease losses Net interest income, after provision for loan and lease losses NON-INTEREST INCOME: Realized gain (loss) on sale of securities Other-than-temporary loss on securities: Total impairment losses Loss (gain) recognized in other comprehensive income Net impairment loss recognized in earnings Fair value gain (loss) on trading securities Total unrealized loss on securities Prepayment penalty fee income Gain on sale – other Mortgage banking income Banking and service fees Total non-interest income NON-INTEREST EXPENSE: Salaries and related costs Data processing and internet Advertising and promotional Depreciation and amortization Occupancy and equipment Professional services FDIC and regulatory fees Real estate owned and repossessed vehicles General and administrative expense Total non-interest expense INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES INCOME TAXES NET INCOME NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCK COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Basic earnings per common share (as revised for 2017 and 2016) Diluted earnings per common share (as revised for 2017 and 2016) $ $ $ $ $ See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. F-3 BOFI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Dollars in thousands) NET INCOME Year Ended June 30, 2018 2017 2016 $ 152,411 $ 134,740 $ 119,291 Net unrealized gain (loss) from available-for-sale securities, net of tax expense (benefit) of $(2,449), $3,363, and $(68) for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. (5,493) 5,218 (94) Other-than-temporary impairment on securities recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax expense (benefit) of $1,918, $3,195 and $2,177 for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Reclassification of net (gain) loss from available-for-sale securities included in income, net of tax expense (benefit) of $(104), $1,536 and $598 for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Other comprehensive income (loss) Comprehensive income 4,197 4,957 3,018 196 (1,100) (2,384) 7,791 (829) 2,095 $ 151,311 $ 142,531 $ 121,386 See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. F-4 p a i d - i n c a p i t a l d e c r e a s e d b y t h e a m o u n t b y w h i c h t h e s t a t e d c a p i t a l i n c r e a s e d . N o v e m b e r 1 7 , 2 0 1 5 . T h e p a r v a l u e o f c o m m o n s t o c k r e m a i n s u n c h a n g e d a t $ 0 . 0 1 p e r s h a r e a f t e r t h e a f o r e m e n t i o n e d f o r w a r d s t o c k s p l i t . A s a r e s u l t , t h e s t a t e d c a p i t a l a t t r i b u t a b l e t o c o m m o n s t o c k i n c r e a s e d p r o p o r t i o n a t e l y a n d t h e a d d i t i o n a l 1 - C o m m o n s t o c k a m o u n t s h a v e b e e n r e t r o a c t i v e l y r e s t a t e d f o r t h e f i s c a l y e a r e n d e d J u n e 3 0 , 2 0 1 5 p r e s e n t e d t o r e f l e c t t h e f o u r - f o r - o n e f o r w a r d s p l i t o f t h e C o m p a n y ’ s c o m m o n s t o c k e f f e c t e d i n t h e f o r m o f a s t o c k d i v i d e n d t h a t w a s d i s t r i b u t e d o n S e e a c c o m p a n y i n g n o t e s t o t h e c o n s o l i d a t e d f i n a n c i a l s t a t e m e n t s . B a l a n c e a s o f J u n e 3 0 , 2 0 1 8 R e s t r i c t e d s t o c k u n i t v e s t i n g b a s e d c o m p e n s a t i o n e x p e n s e (cid:3) N e t i n c o m e B a l a n c e a s o f J u n e 3 0 , 2 0 1 7 C a s h d i v i d e n d s o n p r e f e r r e d s t o c k (cid:3) R e p u r c h a s e o f t r e a s u r y s t o c k (cid:3) S t o c k - O t h e r c o m p r e h e n s i v e i n c o m e ( l o s s ) (cid:3) N e t i n c o m e ( D o l l a r s i n t h o u s a n d s ) (cid:3) B a l a n c e a s o f J u n e 3 0 , 2 0 1 5 N e t i n c o m e B a l a n c e a s o f J u n e 3 0 , 2 0 1 6 S t o c k - b a s e d c o m p e n s a t i o n e x p e n s e (cid:3) C a s h d i v i d e n d s o n p r e f e r r e d s t o c k O t h e r c o m p r e h e n s i v e i n c o m e ( l o s s ) R e s t r i c t e d s t o c k u n i t v e s t i n g a n d t a x b e n e f i t s S t o c k - b a s e d c o m p e n s a t i o n e x p e n s e (cid:3) S t o c k o p t i o n e x e r c i s e s a n d t a x b e n e f i t s R e s t r i c t e d s t o c k u n i t v e s t i n g a n d t a x b e n e f i t s (cid:3) o f c o m m o n s t o c k O t h e r c o m p r e h e n s i v e i n c o m e ( l o s s ) C a s h d i v i d e n d s o n p r e f e r r e d s t o c k (cid:3) I s s u a n c e 5 1 5 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 5 , 0 6 3 (cid:3) 6 5 , 7 9 6 , 0 6 0 (cid:3) ( 3 , 1 0 7 , 9 9 6 ) 6 2 , 6 8 8 , 0 6 4 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 6 5 8 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 3 6 6 , 5 1 5 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 6 7 1 3 4 8 , (cid:3) $ ( 6 1 3 ) (cid:3) $ (cid:3) ( 8 2 , 4 5 8 ) (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 9 6 0 , 5 1 3 — — — — (cid:3) — (cid:3) — — — — — — — 6 2 9 , 7 5 5 5 0 , 3 7 3 ( 2 9 4 , 8 1 7 ) — 3 3 4 , 9 3 8 5 0 , 3 7 3 — (cid:3) ( 1 , 2 3 3 , 4 9 1 ) ( 1 , 2 3 3 , 4 9 1 ) — — — — — — — — — 6 1 — — — — 2 0 , 3 9 8 — — — — — — — — ( 3 0 9 ) — , 1 5 2 4 1 1 — — — — ( 1 , 1 0 0 ) — ( 9 , 9 5 8 ) — 2 0 , 3 9 9 ( 9 , 9 5 2 ) ( 3 5 , 1 8 3 ) (cid:3) ( 3 5 , 1 8 3 ) — — — 1 5 2 , 4 1 1 ( 1 , 1 0 0 ) ( 3 0 9 ) 5 1 5 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 5 , 0 6 3 (cid:3) 6 5 , 1 1 5 , 9 3 2 (cid:3) ( 1 , 5 7 9 , 6 8 8 ) 6 3 , 5 3 6 , 2 4 4 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 6 5 1 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 3 4 6 , 1 1 7 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 5 1 9 2 4 6 , (cid:3) $ 4 8 7 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) ( 3 7 , 3 1 7 ) (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 8 3 4 , 2 4 7 — — — — (cid:3) — — — — — — 5 7 0 , 7 6 4 3 1 , 6 7 4 — — — ( 2 8 5 , 5 8 6 ) — — — — 2 8 5 , 1 7 8 3 1 , 6 7 4 — — (cid:3) — — — — — 6 1 4 , 5 3 5 4 2 6 — — — — — ( 3 0 9 ) — , 1 3 4 7 4 0 — — — 7 , 7 9 1 — ( 6 , 5 3 2 ) — — — — 1 4 , 5 3 5 ( 6 , 1 0 0 ) 7 , 7 9 1 ( 3 0 9 ) 1 3 4 , 7 4 0 5 1 5 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 5 , 0 6 3 (cid:3) 6 4 , 5 1 3 , 4 9 4 (cid:3) ( 1 , 2 9 4 , 1 0 2 ) 6 3 , 2 1 9 , 3 9 2 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 6 4 5 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 3 3 1 , 1 5 6 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 3 8 4 8 1 5 , (cid:3) $ ( 7 , 3 0 4 ) (cid:3) $ (cid:3) ( 3 0 , 7 8 5 ) (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 6 8 3 , 5 9 0 5 1 5 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 5 , 0 6 3 (cid:3) 6 3 , 1 4 5 , 3 6 4 (cid:3) ( 1 , 0 7 0 , 3 6 0 ) 6 2 , 0 7 5 , 0 0 4 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 6 3 1 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 2 9 6 , 0 4 2 (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 2 6 5 8 3 3 , (cid:3) $ ( 9 , 3 9 9 ) (cid:3) $ (cid:3) ( 2 4 , 6 4 4 ) (cid:3) $ (cid:3) 5 3 3 , 5 2 6 — — — — — — (cid:3) — — — — — — — — 8 2 , 4 0 0 5 3 6 , 5 2 8 2 5 , 3 9 4 7 2 3 , 8 0 8 — — — ( 2 2 3 , 7 4 2 ) — — — — — — 8 2 , 4 0 0 3 1 2 , 7 8 6 2 5 , 3 9 4 7 2 3 , 8 0 8 — — — 1 5 1 7 — — — 1 , 1 5 6 1 , 5 2 0 1 1 , 3 2 5 2 1 , 1 1 3 — — — — — — — 1 1 9 2 9 1 , ( 3 0 9 ) — — — — — — 2 , 0 9 5 — ( 6 , 1 4 1 ) — — — — — (cid:3) — 1 , 1 5 7 ( 4 , 6 1 6 ) 1 1 , 3 2 6 2 1 , 1 2 0 2 , 0 9 5 ( 3 0 9 ) 1 1 9 , 2 9 1 F-5 P r e f e r r e d S t o c k C o n v e r t i b l e N u m b e r o f S h a r e s E Q U I T Y C o m m o n S t o c k (cid:3) C O N S O L I D A T E D S T A T E M E N T S O F S T O C K H O L D E R S ’ B O F I H O L D I N G , I N C . A N D S U B S I D I A R Y S h a r e s (cid:3) A m o u n t I s s u e d 1 T r e a s u r y (cid:3) O u t s t a n d n g 1 (cid:3) i A m o u n t 1 C a p i t a l P a i d - i n 1 A d d i t i o n a l E a r n i n g s R e t a i n e d I n c o m e T a x N e t o f I n c o m e ( L o s s ) , C o m p r e h e n s i v e O t h e r A c c u m u l a t e d S t o c k T r e a s u r y T o t a l BOFI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Dollars in thousands) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Accretion of discounts on securities Net accretion of discounts on loans and leases Amortization of borrowing costs Stock-based compensation expense Valuation of financial instruments carried at fair value Net gain on sale of investment securities Impairment charge on securities Provision for loan and lease losses Deferred income taxes Origination of loans held for sale Unrealized (gain) loss on loans held for sale Gain on sales of loans held for sale Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale (revised for 2017 and 2016) Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights (Gain) loss on sale of other real estate and foreclosed assets Depreciation and amortization Net changes in assets and liabilities which provide (use) cash: Accrued interest receivable Other assets (revised for 2017 and 2016) Accrued interest payable Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Net cash provided by operating activities (revised for 2017 and 2016) CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchases of investment securities Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale and trading securities Proceeds from repayment of securities Purchase of stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank Proceeds from redemption of stock of Federal Home Loan Bank Origination of loans held for investment Proceeds from sale of loans held for investment (revised for 2017 and 2016) Origination of mortgage warehouse loans, net Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned and repossessed assets Cash paid for acquisition Purchases of loans and leases, net of discounts and premiums Principal repayments on loans and leases Purchases of furniture, equipment and software Net cash used in investing activities (revised for 2017 and 2016) Year Ended June 30, 2017 2016 2018 $ 152,411 $ 134,740 $ 119,291 (624) (29,381) 208 20,399 — 18 156 25,800 17,034 (1,564,165) (253) (19,489) 1,576,353 83 (258) 8,574 (6,082) (40,988) 469 27,650 167,915 (100,503) 52,714 139,338 (33,966) 79,923 (5,895,902) 20,719 (26,899) 1,832 (70,002) — 4,818,558 (11,817) (1,026,005) (2,766) (4,859) 208 14,535 (743) (3,920) 1,964 11,061 (2,220) (1,375,443) 222 (18,771) 1,433,068 (31) (42) 6,094 4,511 807 (383) 466 (5,276) 959 72 11,326 248 (1,427) 565 9,700 (6,647) (1,363,025) (97) (26,616) 1,427,986 889 (145) 4,795 (6,070) (9,539) 401 9,513 198,498 166,903 (249,909) 161,048 307,456 (66,294) 60,210 (4,068,990) 31,918 (113,711) 367 — (269,886) 3,427,818 (8,758) (788,731) (161,395) 14,969 80,009 (136,952) 146,099 (3,582,766) 49,882 (51,145) 1,478 — (140,493) 2,253,017 (10,239) (1,537,536) F-6 BOFI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Dollars in thousands) CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Net increase in deposits Proceeds from the Federal Home Loan Bank term advances Repayment of the Federal Home Loan Bank term advances Net (repayment) proceeds of Federal Home Loan Bank other advances Repayments of other borrowings and securities sold under agreements to repurchase Tax payments related to settlement of restricted stock units Repurchase of treasury stock Proceeds from exercise of common stock options Proceeds from issuance of common stock Tax benefit from exercise of common stock options and vesting of restricted stock grants Cash dividends paid on preferred stock Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes Net cash provided by financing activities NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds Income taxes paid Transfers to other real estate and repossessed vehicles Transfers from loans and leases held for investment to loans held for sale Transfers from loans held for sale to loans and leases held for investment Loans held for investment sold, cash not received (revised for 2016) Securities transferred from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale portfolio Year Ended June 30, 2017 2016 2018 $ $ 1,085,843 — (30,000) (153,000) 855,456 — (95,000) 8,000 $ 1,592,134 70,000 (35,000) (61,000) (20,000) (9,952) (35,183) — — — (309) — 837,399 (20,691) 643,541 622,850 106,112 79,628 10,113 31,207 3,969 17,742 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ (15,000) (6,532) — — — 432 (309) — 747,047 156,814 486,727 643,541 74,442 102,482 1,982 2,935 2,790 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ — $ — $ 194,153 $ — (6,141) — 151 21,120 2,531 (309) 51,000 1,634,486 263,853 222,874 486,727 56,296 89,184 571 79,706 25,141 32,124 — $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. F-7 BOFI HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2018, 2017 AND 2016 (Dollars in thousands, except per share and stated value amounts) 1. ORGANIZATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Basis of Presentation and Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BofI Holding, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, BofI Federal Bank (collectively, the “Company”). All significant intercompany balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Reclassifications were made to previously reported amounts in the consolidated statements of cash flows for Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances within net cash provided by financing activities to make them consistent with the current period presentation. The purpose of the reclassifications were to disclose the Company’s FHLB term advances separately from the FHLB other advances. BofI Holding, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware on July 6, 1999 for the purpose of organizing and launching an Internet-based savings bank. BofI Federal Bank (the “Bank”), which opened for business over the Internet on July 4, 2000, is subject to regulation and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), its primary regulator. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures the Bank’s deposit accounts up to the maximum allowable amount. On November 17, 2015, the Company completed a four-for-one forward stock split in the form of a stock dividend. References made to outstanding shares or per share amounts in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been retroactively restated to reflect this four-for-one forward stock split. In November 2015, the number of authorized shares of common stock available for issuance was increased from 50,000,000 to 150,000,000 as approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders. Use of Estimates. In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, the assessment for other-than- temporary impairment on investment securities and the fair value of certain financial instruments. Business. The Bank provides consumer and business banking products through the online distribution channels and affinity partners. The Bank’s deposit products are demand accounts, savings accounts and time deposits marketed to consumers and businesses located in all fifty states. The Bank’s primary lending products are residential single family and multifamily mortgage loans. The Bank’s business is primarily concentrated in the State of California and is subject to the general economic conditions of that state. Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Bank’s cash, due from banks, money market mutual funds and federal funds sold, all of which have original maturities within 90 days, consist of cash and cash equivalents. Net cash flows are reported for customer deposit transactions. Restrictions on Cash. Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain certain minimum reserve balances. Included in cash were balances required by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco of $78,433 and $57,529 at June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Interest Rate Risk. The Bank’s assets and liabilities are generally monetary in nature and interest rate changes have an effect on the Bank’s performance. The Bank decreases the effect of interest rate changes on its performance by striving to match maturities and interest sensitivity between loans and deposits. A significant change in interest rates could have a material effect on the Bank’s results of operations. Concentration of Credit Risk. The Bank’s loan portfolio was collateralized by various forms of real estate with approximately 71.1% of the mortgage portfolio located in California at June 30, 2018. The Bank’s loan portfolio contains concentrations of credit in multifamily, single family, commercial, and home equity loans. The Bank believes its underwriting standards combined with its low LTV requirements substantially mitigate the risk of loss which may result from these concentrations. Brand Partnership Products. Through its strategic partnerships division, the Bank has agreements with third-party service providers (“Program Managers”) possessing demonstrated expertise in managing programs involving marketing and processing financial products such as credit, debit, and prepaid cards, and small business and consumer loans. These relationships include the F-8 Company’s relationships with H&R Block, Inc., Netspend and BFS Capital, among others. As delineated by the related contracts, a Program Manager provides program management services in its areas of expertise subject to the Bank’s continuing control and active supervision of the subject program. Underwriting standards and credit decisioning remain with the Bank in all cases. Each of these relationships is designed to allow the Bank to leverage the Program Manager’s knowledge and experience to distribute program-related financial products to a broad and increasing base of customers. With respect to credit products, the Bank generally originates the resulting receivable for sale, but may, in its discretion, retain such receivable. The Bank performs extensive due diligence with respect to each Program Manager and program, and maintains a regimen of comprehensive risk management and strict compliance oversight with respect to all programs. Through our agreement with H&R Block, Inc. (“H&R Block”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries the Bank provides H&R Block-branded financial products and services. The products and services that represent the primary focus and the majority of transactional volume that the Bank processes are described in detail below. The first product is Emerald Prepaid Mastercard® services. The Bank entered into agreements to offer this product in August 2015. Under the agreements, the Bank is responsible for the primary oversight and control of the prepaid card programs of a wholly-owned subsidiary of H&R Block. The Bank holds the prepaid card customer deposits for those cards issued under the prepaid programs in non-interest bearing accounts and earns a fixed fee paid by H&R Block’s subsidiary for each automated clearing house (“ACH”) transaction processed through the prepaid card customer accounts. A portion of H&R Block’s customers use the Emerald Card as an option to receive federal and state income tax refunds. The prepaid customer deposits are included in non-interest bearing deposit liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company and the ACH fee income is included in the income statement under the line banking and service fees. The second product is Refund Transfer. The Bank entered into agreements to offer this product in August 2015. The Bank is responsible for the primary oversight and control of the refund transfer program of a wholly-owned subsidiary of H&R Block. The Bank opens a temporary bank account for each H&R Block customer who is receiving an income tax refund and elects to defer payment of his or her tax preparation fees. After the Internal Revenue Service and any state income tax authorities transfer the refund into the customer’s account, the net funds are transferred to the customer and the temporary deposit account is closed. The Bank earns a fixed fee paid by H&R Block for each of the H&R Block customers electing a Refund Transfer. The fees are earned primarily in the quarters ending March 31st and are included in the income statement under the line banking and service fees. The third product is Emerald Advance. The Bank entered into agreements to offer this product in August 2015. Under the agreements the Bank is responsible for the underwriting guidelines and credit policies for unsecured consumer lines of credit offered to H&R Block customers. The Bank offers and funds unsecured lines of credit to consumers primarily through the H&R Block tax preparation offices and earns interest income and fee income. The Bank retains 10% of the Emerald Advance and sells the remainder to H&R Block. The lines of credit are included in loans and leases on the balance sheet of the Company and the interest income and fee income are included in the income statement under the line loans and leases interest and dividend income. The fourth product is an interest-free Refund Advance loan. The Bank exclusively originated and funded all of H&R Block’s interest-free Refund Advance loans to tax preparation clients for the 2018 tax season. The Bank performed the credit underwriting, loan origination, and funding associated with the interest-free Refund Advance loans in the current tax season and received fees from H&R Block for operating the program. No fee is charged to the tax preparation client. Repayment of the Refund Advance loan is deducted from the client’s tax refund proceeds; if an insufficient refund to repay the Refund Advance loan is received, there is no recourse to the client, no negative credit reporting occurs in respect of the client and no collection efforts are made against the client. This agreement is an expansion of the services BofI provided to H&R Block in the 2017 tax season when the Bank participated through purchases of the loans with other providers in the Refund Advance loan program. During the 2017 tax season, the Bank purchased the Refund Advance loans from a third-party bank at a discount and recorded the accretion of the loan discount as interest income, reported on the income statement under the interest and dividend income line item. During the 2018 tax season, the Bank recorded the fees received from H&R Block as interest income on loans, reported on the income statement under the interest and dividend income line item. The H&R Block-branded financial services products introduce seasonality into the Company’s quarterly reports on Form 10-Q in the unaudited condensed consolidated income statements through the banking and service fees category of non-interest income and the other general and administrative category of non-interest expense, with the peak income and expense in these categories typically occurring during the Company’s third fiscal quarter ended March 31. F-9 Securities. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has both the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available-for-sale when they might be sold before maturity. Trading securities refer to certain types of assets that banks hold for resale at a profit or when the Company elects to account for certain securities at fair value. Increases or decreases in the fair value of trading securities are recognized in earnings as they occur. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. During the quarter ended September 30, 2016, the Company elected to reclassify all of its held- to-maturity securities to available-for-sale. See Note 4 – “Securities” for further information. Gains and losses on securities sales are based on a comparison of sales proceeds and the amortized cost of the security sold using the specific identification method. Purchases and sales are recognized on the trade date. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premiums or discounts. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized or accreted using the level- yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. The Company’s portfolios of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities are reviewed quarterly for other-than-temporary impairment. In performing this review, management considers (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than amortized cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) the impact of changes in market interest rates on the market value of the security and (4) how to record an impairment by assessing whether the Company intends to sell it or is more likely than not that it will be required to sell a security in an unrealized loss position before the Company recovers the security’s amortized cost. If either of these criteria for (4) is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized in earnings. Alternatively, if the criteria for (4) is not met, the amount of impairment recognized in earnings is limited to the amount related to credit losses, while impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. Loans and Leases. Loans and leases that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of unearned interest, deferred purchase premiums and discounts, deferred loan and lease origination fees and costs, and an allowance for loan and lease losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Premiums and discounts on loans purchased as well as loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method. The Company provides equipment financing to its customers through a variety of lease arrangements. The most common arrangement is a direct financing (capital) lease. For direct financing leases, lease receivables are recorded on the balance sheet but the leased property is not, although the Company generally retains legal title to the leased property until the end of each lease. Direct financing leases are stated at the net amount of minimum lease payments receivable, plus any unguaranteed residual value, less the amount of unearned income and net acquisition discount at the reporting date. Direct lease origination costs are amortized over the weighted average life of the lease portfolio. Leases acquired in an acquisition are initially measured and recorded at their fair value on the acquisition date. Purchase discounts or premiums on acquired leases are recognized as an adjustment to interest income over the contractual life of the leases using the effective interest method or taken into income when the related leases are paid off. Direct financing leases are subject to our allowance for loans and leases. Recognition of interest income on all portfolio segments is generally discontinued at the time the loan or lease is 90 days delinquent unless the loan and lease is well secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued but not received for loans and leases placed on nonaccrual, is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual status. Loans and leases are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Loans Held for Sale. U.S. government agency (“agency”) loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair value. Net unrealized gains and losses are recognized through mortgage banking income in the income statement. The Bank sells its mortgage loans with either servicing released or servicing retained depending upon market pricing. Gains and losses on loan sales are recorded as mortgage banking income or other gains on sale, based on the difference between sales proceeds and carrying value. Non-agency loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Loans that were originated with the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future (loans held in portfolio) but which have been subsequently designated as being held for sale for risk management or liquidity needs are carried at the lower of cost or fair value calculated using pools of loans with similar characteristics. There may be times when loans have been classified as held for sale and cannot be sold. Loans transferred to a long-term investment classification from held-for-sale are transferred at the lower of cost or market value on the transfer date. Any difference between the carrying amount of the loan and its outstanding principal balance is recognized as an adjustment to yield by the interest F-10 method. A loan cannot be classified as a long-term investment unless the Bank has both the ability and the intent to hold the loan for the foreseeable future or until maturity. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level estimated to provide for probable incurred losses in the loan and lease portfolio. Management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on reviews of individual loans and leases and pools of loans, recent loss experience, current economic conditions, the risk characteristics of the various categories of loans and other pertinent factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective and requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan and lease losses, which is charged against current period operating results, and recoveries of loans and leases previously charged-off. The allowance is decreased by the amount of charge-offs of loans and leases deemed uncollectible. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans and leases but the entire allowance is available for any loan or lease that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off. The allowance for loan and lease losses includes general reserves and may include specific reserves. Specific reserves may be provided for impaired loans and leases considered Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”). All other impaired loans and leases are written down through charge-offs to the fair value of collateral, less estimated selling cost, and no specific or general reserve is provided. A loan or lease is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan or lease agreement. Loans and leases for which terms have been modified resulting in a concession and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties are considered TDRs and classified as impaired. A loan or lease is measured for impairment generally two different ways. If the loan or lease is primarily dependent upon the borrower to make payments, then impairment is calculated by comparing the present value of the expected future payments discounted at the effective loan rate to the carrying value of the loan. If the loan or lease is collateral dependent, the net proceeds from the sale of the collateral is compared to the carrying value of the loan or lease. If the calculated amount is less than the carrying value of the loan or lease, the loan or lease has impairment. A general reserve is included in the allowance for loan and lease losses and is determined by adding the results of a quantitative and a qualitative analysis to all other loans and leases not measured for impairment at the reporting date. The quantitative analysis determines the Bank’s actual annual historic charge-off rates for the previous three fiscal years and applies the average historic rates to the outstanding loan and lease balances in each pool, the product of which is the general reserve amount. The qualitative analysis considers one or more of the following factors: changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in economic conditions, changes in the content of the portfolio, changes in lending management, changes in the volume of delinquency rates, changes to the scope of the loan and lease review system, changes in the underlying collateral of the loans and leases, changes in credit concentrations and any changes in the requirements to the credit loss calculations. A loss rate is estimated and applied to those loans and leases affected by the qualitative factors. The following portfolio segments have been identified: single family secured mortgage, home equity secured mortgage, single family warehouse and other, multi-family secured mortgage, commercial real estate and land secured mortgage, auto secured and recreational vehicles, factoring, commercial and industrial (“C&I”) and other. General loan and lease loss reserves are calculated by grouping each mortgage loan or lease by collateral type and by grouping the LTV ratios of each loan within the collateral type. An estimated allowance rate for each LTV group within each type of loan and lease is multiplied by the total principal amount in the group to calculate the required general reserve attributable to that group. Management uses an allowance rate that provides a larger loss allowance for loans with greater LTV ratios. General loan loss reserves for C&I loans are determined through a loan level grading system to base its projected loss rates. A matrix was created with a base loss rate with additional potential industry and volume risk adjustments, to calculate a loss rating for each deal. Given the lack of historical loss experience for this segment at the Company, an allowance loss range is based upon historical peer loss rates. General loan loss reserves for consumer loans are calculated by grouping each loan by credit score (e.g., FICO) at origination and applying an estimated allowance rate to each group. In addition to credit score grading, general loan loss reserves are increased for all consumer loans determined to be 90 days or more past due. Specific reserves or direct charge-offs are calculated when an internal asset review of a loan or lease identifies a significant adverse change in the financial position of the borrower or the value of the collateral. The specific reserve or direct charge-off is based on discounted cash flows, observable market prices or the estimated value of underlying collateral. Specific loan or lease charge-offs on impaired loans or leases are recorded as a write-off and a decrease to the allowance in the period the impairment is identified. A loan or lease is classified as a TDR when management determines that an existing borrower is in financial distress and the borrower’s loan or lease terms are modified to provide the borrower a financial concession (e.g., lower payment) that would not otherwise be provided by another lender based upon borrower’s current financial condition. TDRs are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a TDR is considered to be a collateral dependent loan or lease, the loan or lease is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell. For TDRs that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan and lease losses. F-11 If the present value of estimated cash flows under the modified terms of a TDR discounted at the original loan or lease effective rate is less than the book value of the loan or lease before the TDR, the excess is specifically allocated to the loan or lease in the allowance for loan and lease losses. Mortgage Servicing Rights. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded as separate assets on our consolidated balance sheets when the Company retains the right to service loans that we have sold. Mortgage Banking Derivatives. Commitments to fund mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are accounted for as free standing derivatives. Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date the interest on the loan is locked. The Company enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans when interest rate locks are entered into, in order to hedge the change in interest rates resulting from its commitments to fund the loans. Changes in the fair values of these derivatives are included in mortgage banking income. Furniture, Equipment and Software. Fixed asset purchases in excess of five hundred dollars are capitalized and recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the assets’ useful lives or the lease term. Income Taxes. Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. The Company records a valuation allowance when management believes it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. An income tax position will be recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that it will be sustained upon IRS examination, based upon its technical merits. Once that status is met, the amount recorded will be the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights. Intangible assets that have finite lives, such as core deposit intangibles, are amortized over their estimated useful lives and subject to periodic impairment testing. Intangible assets (other than goodwill) are amortized to expense using accelerated or straight-line methods over their respective estimated useful lives. Goodwill is subject to impairment testing at the reporting unit level, which must be conducted at least annually. The Company performs impairment testing during the fourth quarter of each year or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the assets might be impaired. The Company performs a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing updated qualitative factors, the Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it does not have to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit under the first step of the goodwill impairment test and determining the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit under the second step of the goodwill impairment test are judgmental and often involve the use of significant estimates and assumptions. Similarly, estimates and assumptions are used in determining the fair value of other intangible assets. Estimates of fair value are primarily determined using discounted cash flows, market comparisons and recent transactions. These approaches use significant estimates and assumptions including projected future cash flows, discount rates reflecting the market rate of return, projected growth rates and determination and evaluation of appropriate market comparables. Future events could cause the Company to conclude that goodwill or other intangibles have become impaired, which would result in recording an impairment loss. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. F-12 Earnings per Common Share. Earnings per common share (“EPS”) are presented under two formats: basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stock (net income after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the sum of the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year and the unvested average of restricted stock unit shares and participating restricted stock units (“RSU”. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing the sum of net income attributable to common stock and dividends on diluted preferred stock by the sum of the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year and the impact of dilutive potential common shares, such as non-participating RSU’s, stock options and convertible preferred stock. The Company accounts for unvested stock-based compensation awards containing non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (collectively, “dividends”) as participating securities and includes the awards in the EPS calculation using the two-class method. The Company has granted restricted stock units under the 2004 Plan to certain directors and employees, which entitle the recipients to receive non-forfeitable dividends during the vesting period on a basis equivalent to the dividends paid to holders of common stock. These unvested awards meet the definition of participating securities. Under the two class method, all earnings (distributed and undistributed) are allocated to each class of common stock and participating securities, based on their respective rights to receive dividends. Under the 2014 Plan, restricted stock units have no shareholder rights, meaning they are not entitled to dividends and are considered nonparticipating. These nonparticipating restricted stock units are not included in the basic earnings per common share calculation and are included in the diluted earnings per common share calculation using the treasury stock method. Stock-Based Compensation. Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock unit awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black–Scholes model is utilized to estimate fair value of the stock options, while market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock unit awards, except for the Chief Executive Officer’s restricted stock unit awards under an employment agreement effective July 1, 2017. For the Chief Executive Officer’s restricted stock unit awards under an employment agreement effective July 1, 2017, a Monte Carlo simulation is utilized to estimate the value of path-dependent options in order to determine the fair value of the restricted stock unit award. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with only a service condition that have a graded vesting schedule, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. For awards that contain a market condition and have a graded vesting schedule compensation cost is recognized using an accelerated attribution method over the requisite service period for the awards. Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock. The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of FHLB stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance. The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other amounts due that are probable at settlement. Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments. Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. Comprehensive Income. Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, which are also recognized as separate components of equity. Loss Contingencies. Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are now such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements. Dividend Restriction. Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the holding company. As of June 30, 2018, there are no dividend restrictions on the Bank or the Company. Fair Value of Financial Instruments. Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 3. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. F-13 Operating Segments. While the chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be one reportable operating segment. Revisions of Previously Issued Financial Statements for Correction of Immaterial Errors. During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company identified an immaterial error related to an incorrect calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share related to unvested non-participating restricted stock units. The corrected calculation results in increased basic and diluted earnings per common share in certain periods. In order to correct this immaterial error, the Company revised the basic and diluted earnings per common share for fiscal years ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 and for the interim quarters for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2018. The revisions are reflected in the tables below. (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Previously Reported Adjustment Revised Previously Reported Adjustment Revised At June 30, 2017 At June 30, 2016 Earnings Per Common Share Net income attributable to common shareholders Average common shares issued and outstanding Average unvested RSUs Total qualifying shares $ Earnings per common share Diluted Earnings Per Common Share 2.07 $ $ 134,431 $ — $ 134,431 $ 118,982 $ — $ 118,982 63,358,886 1,491,228 64,850,114 — 63,358,886 62,909,411 — 62,909,411 (1,193,572) (1,193,572) 0.04 297,656 1,355,796 63,656,542 64,265,207 $ 2.11 $ 1.85 $ (667,948) (667,948) 0.02 687,848 63,597,259 $ 1.87 Dilutive net income attributable to common shareholders $ 134,431 $ — $ 134,431 $ 118,982 $ — $ 118,982 Average common shares issued and outstanding 64,850,114 Dilutive effect of stock options Dilutive effect of average unvested RSUs — — Total dilutive common shares issued and outstanding 64,850,114 Diluted earnings per common share $ 2.07 $ (1,193,572) — 63,656,542 64,265,207 — 5,845 (667,948) — 63,597,259 5,845 258,558 258,558 — 69,176 69,176 (935,014) 0.03 $ 63,915,100 64,271,052 2.10 $ 1.85 $ (598,772) 0.02 $ 63,672,280 1.87 Unaudited Basic earnings per common share Previously reported Adjustment Revised Diluted earnings per common share Previously reported Adjustment Revised Quarters Ended in Fiscal Year 2018 June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30, $ $ $ $ 0.58 0.01 0.59 0.58 — 0.58 $ $ $ $ 0.80 0.02 0.82 0.80 — 0.80 $ $ $ $ 0.49 0.01 0.50 0.49 — 0.49 $ $ $ $ 0.50 0.01 0.51 0.50 — 0.50 F-14 Unaudited Basic earnings per common share Previously reported Adjustment Revised Diluted earnings per common share Previously reported Adjustment Revised Quarters Ended in Fiscal Year 2017 June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30, $ $ $ $ 0.50 0.01 0.51 0.50 0.01 0.51 $ $ $ $ 0.63 0.01 0.64 0.63 0.01 0.64 $ $ $ $ 0.50 0.01 0.51 0.50 — 0.50 $ $ $ $ 0.45 — 0.45 0.45 — 0.45 During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company identified an immaterial error related to the classification of proceeds from the sale of loans that were transferred from loans held-for-investment in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016. The Company revised its previously issued financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 to correctly present these activities in the cash flow. For the year ended June 30, 2016, the Company revised its supplemental disclosure of cash flow information to add loans held for investment, sold cash not received of $32,124. There was no change to net change in cash and cash equivalents. The revisions to cash flows from operating and investing activities are reflected in the tables below. (Dollars in thousands) Cash Flows From Operating Activities: Previously Reported Adjustment Revised Previously Reported Adjustment Revised Year Ended June 30, 2017 Year Ended June 30, 2016 Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale Other assets $ 1,420,031 $ 45,762 Net cash provided by in operating activities1 Cash Flows From Investing Activities: $ 223,884 $ $ $ 13,037 $ 1,433,068 $ 1,523,113 $ (95,127) $ 1,427,986 (44,955) $ 807 (25,386) $ 198,498 $ $ (54,784) $ 45,245 $ (9,539) 210,644 $ (43,741) $ 166,903 Proceeds from sale of loans held for investment $ — $ 31,918 $ 31,918 $ — $ 49,882 $ 49,882 Net cash used in investing $ (1,537,536) activities 1.Adjustment includes a non-error amount of $6,532 and $6,141 for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to the retrospective application of ASU 2016-09. (788,731) $ (1,587,418) $ (820,649) $ 31,918 49,882 $ $ The Company assessed the materiality of the errors on prior periods’ financial statements in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 99, Materiality, codified in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 250, Presentation of Financial Statements and concluded that these misstatements were not material to any prior annual or interim periods. Accordingly, in accordance with ASC 250 (SAB No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements), Consolidated Statements of Income, Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and Earnings Per Share footnote have been revised to correctly present these amounts. The above revisions had no effect on net income or retained earnings. Periods not presented herein will be revised, as applicable, as they are included in future filings. New Accounting Pronouncements. In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (the “revenue recognition standard”). Public entities are required to adopt the revenue recognition standard for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The core principle of Topic 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard affects all entities that either enter into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enter into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other guidance. Therefore, the ASU excludes revenue associated with financial instruments including loans, leases, securities, and derivatives as these topics are accounted for following other guidance. Other areas that are within the scope of the revenue recognition standard include service charges on deposit accounts, and gains and losses on other real estate owned. The Company identified and reviewed the revenue streams within the scope of ASU 2014-09, including but not limited to service charges on deposit accounts, prepaid card fees and mortgage banking F-15 income. The Company anticipates adopting the modified retrospective approach and determined that the new guidance will not require significant changes to the manner in which income from those revenue streams is currently recognized. As such, the Company concluded that the new guidance will not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements at the time of adoption. In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. Under the amended guidance, debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are required to be presented as deductions from the carrying amounts of the corresponding debt liabilities, consistent with the presentation of debt discounts and premiums. The amended guidance was adopted for the quarter ended September 30, 2016 and applied retrospectively in accordance with the amended guidance, wherein the balance sheet of each individual period presented has been adjusted to reflect the period-specific effects of applying the amended guidance. The adoption of this guidance did not materially impact our consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations. The company will adopt this standard on July 1, 2018. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, as amended in July 2018 by ASU 2018-10 Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases and ASU 2018-11 Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements. The new standard establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record a right of use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. ASUs 2016-02, 2018-10 and 2018-11 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. A modified retrospective transition approach is anticipated for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of ASUs 2016-02, 2018-10 and 2018-11, including determining whether other contracts exist that are deemed to be in scope. As such, no conclusions have yet been reached regarding the potential impact on adoption of ASUs 2016-02, 2018-10 and 2018-11 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets; however, the Company does not expect the amendments to have a material impact on its results of operations. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplifies several areas of accounting for share-based payment transactions, including tax provision, classification in the cash-flow statement, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements. Under ASU 2016-09, all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies related to share-based payment awards should be recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement during the period in which they occur. Previously, such amounts were recorded in the pool of excess tax benefits included in additional paid-in capital, if such pool was available. Because excess tax benefits are no longer recognized in additional paid- in capital, the assumed proceeds from applying the treasury stock method when computing earnings per common share should exclude the amount of excess tax benefits that would have previously been recognized in additional paid-in capital. Additionally, excess tax benefits should be classified along with other income tax cash flows as an operating activity rather than a financing activity, as was previously the case. ASU 2016-09 also provides that an entity can make an entity-wide accounting policy election to either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures when they occur. The Company has elected to account for forfeitures when they occur. ASU 2016-09 changes the threshold to qualify for equity classification (rather than as a liability) to permit withholding up to the maximum statutory tax rates in the applicable jurisdictions. The adoption at July 1, 2017 of ASU 2016-09 did not have a significant impact on our financial position and results of operations. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), which (i) significantly changes the impairment model for most financial assets that are measured at amortized cost and certain other instruments from an incurred loss model to an expected loss model; and (ii) provides for recording credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities through an allowance account. ASU 2016-13 also requires certain incremental disclosures. ASU 2016-13 should be applied on a modified-retrospective transition approach that would require a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening retained earnings in the statement of financial condition as of the date of adoption. A prospective transition approach is required for debt securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment had been recognized before the effective date. The guidance will be effective for the Company’s financial statements that include periods beginning July 1, 2020. Early adoption is permitted beginning July 1, 2019. The Company has formed a working group, which is currently developing an implementation plan to include assessment of processes, portfolio segmentation, model development, system requirements and the identification of data and resource needs, among other things including evaluating third-party vendor solutions. The Company expects ASU 2016-13 to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which changes the definition of a business to assist entities with evaluating when a set of transferred assets and activities is deemed to be a business. Determining whether a transferred set constitutes a business is important because the accounting for a business combination differs from that of an asset acquisition. The definition of a business also affects the accounting for dispositions. Under the new standard, when substantially all of the fair value of assets acquired is concentrated in a single asset, or a group of similar F-16 assets, the assets acquired would not represent a business and business combination accounting would not be required. The new standard may result in more transactions being accounted for as asset acquisitions rather than business combinations. The standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In February 2017, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2017-05, Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets. The amendments in ASU 2017-05 to Subtopic 610-20, Other Income- Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets, clarify the scope of Subtopic 610-20 and add guidance for partial sales of nonfinancial assets, including partial sales of real estate. Under current GAAP, there are several different accounting models to evaluate whether the transfer of certain assets qualify for sale treatment. The new standard reduces the number of potential accounting models that might apply and clarifies which model does apply in various circumstances. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In March 2017, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2017-08, Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. The amendments in ASU 2017-08 to Subtopic 310-20, Receivables-Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs, shorten the amortization period for certain purchased callable debt securities held at a premium to the earliest call date, which more closely align the amortization period of premiums and discounts to expectations incorporated in market pricing on the underlying securities. Under current GAAP, entities generally amortize the premium as an adjustment of yield over the contractual life of the instrument. The amendments do not require an accounting change for securities held at a discount; the discount continues to be amortized to maturity. The amendments in this ASU should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Scope of Modification Accounting. The amendments in this update provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in Topic 718. The amendments in this update are effective for all entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, for (1) public business entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued and (2) all other entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. The Company does not anticipate that this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The ASU expands and refines hedge accounting for both financial and non-financial risk components, aligns the recognition and presentation of the effects of hedging instruments and hedge items in the financial statements, and includes certain targeted improvements to ease the application of current guidance related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness. The effective date of the new standard for public companies is for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition with a cumulative effect adjustment recorded to opening retained earnings as of the initial adoption date. The Company does not anticipate that this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. In June 2018, the FASB issued guidance within ASU 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The amendments in ASU 2018-07 to Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, are intended to align the accounting for share-based payment awards issued to employees and nonemployees. Changes to the accounting for nonemployee awards include: 1) equity classified share-based payment awards issued to nonemployees will now be measured on the grant date, instead of the previous requirement to remeasure the awards through the performance completion date; 2) for performance conditions, compensation cost associated with the award will be recognized when achievement of the performance condition is probable, rather than upon achievement of the performance condition; and 3) the current requirement to reassess the classification (equity or liability) for nonemployee awards upon vesting will be eliminated, except for awards in the form of convertible instruments. The new guidance also clarifies that any share-based payment awards issued to customers should be evaluated under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company’s share-based payment awards to nonemployees consist only of grants made to the Company’s nonemployee Directors as compensation solely related to each individual’s role as a nonemployee Director. As such, in accordance with ASC 718, the Company accounts for these share-based payment awards to its nonemployee Directors in the same manner as share-based payment awards for its employees. Accordingly, the amendments in this guidance will not have an effect on the accounting for the Company’s share-based payment awards to its nonemployee Directors. F-17 2. ACQUISITIONS The Company completed one acquisition during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. The pro forma results of operations and the results of operations for acquisition since the acquisition date have not been separately disclosed because the effects were not material to the consolidated financial statements. The purchase transaction is detailed below. Bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services business of Epiq Systems, Inc. On April 4, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of the bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services business of Epiq Systems, Inc. (“Epiq”). The assets acquired by the Company include comprehensive software solutions, trustee customer relationships, trade name, accounts receivable and fixed assets. The business provides specialized software and consulting services to Chapter 7 bankruptcy and non-Chapter 7 trustees and fiduciaries in all fifty states. This business is expected to generate fee income from bank partners and bankruptcy cases, as well as opportunities to source low cost deposits. No deposits were acquired as part of the transaction. Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the aggregate purchase price included the payment of $70.0 million in cash. The Company acquired assets with approximate fair values of $32.7 million of intangible assets, including customer relationships, developed technologies, a covenant not to compete and the trade name, and $1.6 million of accounts receivable and fixed assets, resulting in $35.7 million of goodwill. Transaction-related expenses were de minimis. The following table sets forth the approximate fair value of assets acquired from Epiq on the consolidated balance sheets as of April 4, 2018: (Dollars in thousands) Fair value of consideration paid Cash Total consideration paid Fair value of assets acquired Intangible assets Other assets Total assets Fair value of net assets acquired Goodwill incident to acquisition April 4, 2018 70,002 70,002 32,720 1,563 34,283 34,283 35,719 $ $ The Company has included the financial results of the acquired bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services business in its consolidated financial statements subsequent to the acquisition date. The Epiq transaction has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The assets, both tangible and intangible, were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the transaction date. The Company made significant estimates and exercised judgment in estimating fair values and accounting for such acquired assets and liabilities. The Company’s accounting for the acquisition has not been finalized as the Company continues to evaluate the working capital adjustment, which is expected to have an immaterial effect, if any, on the value of goodwill recognized. The Company recognized goodwill of $35.7 million as of April 4, 2018, which is calculated as the excess of the consideration exchanged as compared to the fair value of identifiable assets acquired. Goodwill resulted from expanded product lines and low-cost funding opportunities and is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for further information on goodwill and other intangible assets. 3. FAIR VALUE Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value: Level 1: Level 2: Level 3: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date. Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets include securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models such as discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. When available, the Company generally uses quoted market prices to determine fair value. In some cases where a market price is available, the Company will make use of acceptable practical expedients (such as matrix pricing) to calculate fair value, in which case the items are classified in Level 2. The Company considers relevant and observable market prices in its valuations where possible. The frequency of transactions, the size of the bid-ask spread and the nature of the participants are some of the factors the Company uses to help determine whether a market is active and orderly or inactive and not orderly. Price quotes based upon transactions that are not orderly are not considered to be determinative of fair value and are given little, if any, weight in measuring fair value. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed valuation techniques that use, where possible, current market-based or independently sourced market parameters, such as interest rates, credit spreads, housing value forecasts, etc. Items valued using such internally generated valuation techniques are classified according to the lowest level input or value driver that is significant to the valuation. Thus, an item may be classified in Level 3 even though there may be some significant inputs that are readily observable. The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Company to measure various financial instruments at fair value, including an indication of the level in the fair-value hierarchy in which each instrument is generally classified: Securities—trading, available-for-sale, and held-to-maturity. Trading securities are recorded at fair value. Available- for-sale securities are recorded at fair value and consist of residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) issued by U.S. agencies, RMBS issued by non-agencies, municipal securities as well as other Non-RMBS securities. Fair value for U.S. agency securities and municipal securities are generally based on quoted market prices of similar securities used to form a dealer quote or a pricing matrix. There continues to be significant illiquidity in the market for RMBS issued by non-agencies, impacting the availability and reliability of transparent pricing. As orderly quoted market prices are not available, the Level 3 fair values for these securities are determined by the Company utilizing industry-standard tools to calculate the net present value of the expected cash flows available to the securities from the underlying mortgage assets. The Company computes Level 3 fair values for each non-agency RMBS in the same manner (as described below) whether available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. To determine the performance of the underlying mortgage loan pools, the Company estimates prepayments, defaults, and loss severities based on a number of macroeconomic factors, including housing price changes, unemployment rates, interest rates and borrower attributes such as credit score and loan documentation at the time of origination. The Company inputs for each security a projection of monthly default rates, loss severity rates and voluntary prepayment rates for the underlying mortgages for the remaining life of the security to determine the expected cash flows. The projections of default rates are derived by the Company from the historic default rate observed in the pool of loans collateralizing the security, increased by and decreased by the forecasted increase or decrease in the national unemployment rate. The projections of loss severity rates are derived by the Company from the historic loss severity rate observed in the pool of loans, increased by or decreased by the forecasted increase or decrease in the national home price appreciation (“HPA”) index. The largest factors influencing the Company’s modeling of the monthly default rate are unemployment and HPA, as a strong correlation exists. The most updated unemployment rate reported in May 2018 was F-19 3.8%. Consensus estimates for unemployment are that the rate will continue to decline. Going forward, the Company is projecting lower monthly default rates. The Company projects that severities will continue to improve. To determine the discount rates used to compute the present value of the expected cash flows for these non-agency RMBS securities, the Company separates the securities by the borrower characteristics in the underlying pool. Specifically, “prime” securities generally have borrowers with higher FICO scores and better documentation of income. “Alt-A” securities generally have borrowers with a lower FICO and less documentation of income. “Pay-option ARMs” are Alt-A securities with borrowers that tend to pay the least amount of principal (or increase their loan balance through negative amortization). The Company calculates separate discount rates for prime, Alt-A and Pay-option ARM non-agency RMBS securities using market-participant assumptions for risk, capital and return on equity. The range of annual default rates used in the Company’s projections at June 30, 2018 are from 1.5% up to 10.6% with prime securities tending toward the lower end of the range and Alt-A and Pay-option ARMs tending toward the higher end of the range. The range of loss severity rates applied to each default used in the Company’s projections at June 30, 2018 are from 40.0% up to 68.0% based upon individual bond historical performance. The default rates and the severities are projected for every non-agency RMBS security held by the Company and will vary monthly based upon the actual performance of the security and the macroeconomic factors discussed above. The Company applies its discount rates to the projected monthly cash flows, which already reflect the full impact of all forecasted losses using the assumptions described above. When calculating present value of the expected cash flows at June 30, 2018, the Company computed its discount rates as a spread between 265 and 713 basis points over the LIBOR Index using the LIBOR forward curve with prime securities tending toward the lower end of the range and Alt-A and Pay-option ARMs tending toward the higher end of the range. The Bank’s estimate of fair value for non-agency securities using Level 3 pricing is highly subjective and is based on the Bank’s estimate of voluntary prepayments, default rates, severities and discount margins, which are forecasted monthly over the remaining life of each security. Changes in one or more of these assumptions can cause a significant change in the estimated fair value. For further details see the table later in this note that summarizes quantitative information about level 3 fair value measurements. Loans Held for Sale. Loans held for sale at fair value are primarily single-family residential loans. The fair value of residential loans held for sale is determined by pricing for comparable assets or by existing forward sales commitment prices with investors. Impaired Loans and Leases. Impaired loans and leases are loans and leases which are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrowers or the collateral pledged. The accrual of interest income has been discontinued for impaired loans and leases. The impaired loans and leases are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. The Company assesses loans and leases individually and identifies impairment when the loan or lease is classified as impaired or has been restructured or management has serious doubts about the future collectibility of principal and interest, even though the loans and leases may currently be performing. The fair value of an impaired loan or lease is determined based on an observable market price or current appraised value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of impaired loans and leases with specific write-offs or allocations of the allowance for loan and lease losses are generally based on recent real estate appraisals or internal valuation analyses consistent with the methodology used in real estate appraisals and include other third-party valuations and analysis of cash flows. These appraisals and analyses are updated at least on an annual basis. The Company primarily obtains real estate appraisals and in the rare cases where an appraisal cannot be obtained, the Company performs an internal valuation analysis. These appraisals and analyses may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and income approaches. The sales comparison approach uses at least three recent similar property sales to help determine the fair value of the property being appraised. The income approach is calculated by taking the net operating income generated by the collateral property of the rent collected and dividing it by an assumed capitalization rate. Adjustments are routinely made in the process by the appraisers to account for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. When measuring the fair value of the impaired loan or lease based upon the projected sale of the underlying collateral, the Company subtracts the costs expected to be incurred for the transfer of the underlying collateral, which includes items such as sales commissions, delinquent taxes and insurance premiums. These adjustments to the estimated fair value of nonaccrual loans and leases may result in increases or decreases to the provision for loan and lease losses recorded in current earnings. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification for the inputs for determining fair value. Other Real Estate Owned. Non-recurring adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as other real estate owned (“OREO”) are measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. Fair values are generally based on third party appraisals of the property, resulting in a Level 3 classification. In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, an impairment loss is recognized. F-20 Mortgage Servicing Rights. The Company initially records all mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) at fair value and accounts for MSRs at fair value during the life of the MSR, with changes in fair value recorded through mortgage banking income in the income statement. Fair value adjustments encompass market-driven valuation changes as well as modeled amortization involving the run-off of value that occurs due to the passage of time as individual loans are paid by borrowers. Market expectations about loan duration, and correspondingly the expected term of future servicing cash flows, may vary from time to time due to changes in expected prepayment activity, especially when interest rates rise or fall. Market expectations of increased loan prepayment speeds may negatively impact the fair value of the single family MSRs. Fair value is also dependent on the discount rate used in calculating present value, which is imputed from observable market activity and market participants and results in Level 3 classification. Management reviews and adjusts the discount rate on an ongoing basis. An increase in the discount rate would reduce the estimated fair value of the MSRs asset. Mortgage Banking Derivatives. Fair value for mortgage banking derivatives are either securities based upon prices in active markets for identical securities or based on quoted market prices of similar assets used to form a dealer quote or a pricing matrix, resulting in a Level 2 classification, or derivatives requiring unobservable inputs resulting in Level 3 classification. The Company’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with or, in some cases, more conservative than other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the relevant reporting date. F-21 The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement: (Dollars in thousands) ASSETS: June 30, 2018 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total Securities—Trading: Collateralized Debt Obligations $ — $ — $ — $ — Securities—Available-for-Sale: Agency RMBS Non-Agency RMBS Municipal Asset-backed securities and structured notes Total—Securities—Available-for-Sale Loans Held for Sale Mortgage servicing rights Other assets—Derivative instruments LIABILITIES: Other liabilities—Derivative instruments $ $ $ $ $ — — — — — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 12,926 — 20,212 129,724 162,862 35,077 $ $ — $ — $ — $ — 17,443 — — 17,443 $ — $ 10,752 1,321 368 $ $ $ 12,926 17,443 20,212 129,724 180,305 35,077 10,752 1,321 368 (Dollars in thousands) ASSETS: June 30, 2017 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total Securities—Trading: Collateralized Debt Obligations $ — $ — $ 8,327 $ 8,327 Securities—Available-for-Sale: Agency RMBS Non-Agency RMBS Municipal Asset-backed securities and structured notes Total—Securities—Available-for-Sale Loans Held for Sale Mortgage servicing rights Other assets—Derivative Instruments LIABILITIES: Other liabilities—Derivative instruments $ $ $ $ $ 27,206 — 27,163 138,598 192,967 18,738 $ $ — $ — $ — $ — 71,503 — — 71,503 $ — $ 7,200 1,194 168 $ $ $ 27,206 71,503 27,163 138,598 264,470 18,738 7,200 1,194 168 — — — — — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ F-22 The following table presents additional information about assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value: (Dollars in thousands) Assets: Opening Balance Transfers into Level 3 Transfers out of Level 3 Total gains or losses for the period: Included in earnings—Sale of securities Included in earnings—Fair value gain(loss) on trading securities Included in earnings—Mortgage banking income Included in other comprehensive income Purchases, issues, sales and settlements: Purchases Issues Sales Settlements Other-than-temporary impairment Closing balance Change in unrealized gains or losses for the period included in earnings for assets held at the end of the reporting period $ $ 1 See Note 3 – “Securities” for further information on transfers. Year Ended June 30, 2018 Securities- Trading: Collateralized Debt Obligations Securities- Available-for- Sale: Non- Agency RMBS1 Mortgage Servicing Rights Derivative Instruments, net Total $ 8,327 $ 71,503 $ 7,200 $ 1,026 $ 88,056 — — 282 — — — — — (8,609) — — — — (300) — — (1,629) — — (44,270) (7,705) (156) — — — — (83) — 3,635 — — — — — — — — (73) — — — — — — — $ 17,443 $ 10,752 $ 953 $ — — (18) — (156) (1,629) 3,635 — (52,879) (7,705) (156) 29,148 — $ (300) $ (83) $ (73) $ (456) (Dollars in thousands) Assets: Opening Balance Transfers into Level 3 Transfers out of Level 3 Total gains or losses for the period: Included in earnings—Sale of securities Included in earnings—Fair value gain(loss) on trading securities Included in earnings—Mortgage banking income Included in other comprehensive income Purchases, issues, sales and settlements: Purchases Issues Sales Settlements Other-than-temporary impairment Closing balance Change in unrealized gains or losses for the period included in earnings for assets held at the end of the reporting period $ $ Year Ended June 30, 2017 Securities- Trading: Collateralized Debt Obligations Securities- Available-for- Sale: Non- Agency RMBS Mortgage Servicing Rights Derivative Instruments, net Total $ 7,584 $ 9,364 $ 3,943 $ 1,318 $ — — — 743 — — — — — — — 124,547 — (1,509) — — 13,933 — — (59,896) (12,972) (1,964) — — — — 697 — 2,560 — — — — — — — — (292) — — — — — — 8,327 $ 71,503 $ 7,200 $ 1,026 $ 22,209 124,547 — (1,509) 743 405 13,933 2,560 — (59,896) (12,972) (1,964) 88,056 743 $ (1,509) $ 697 $ (292) $ (361) F-23 The table below summarizes the quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Inputs Range (Weighted Average) June 30, 2018 Securities – Non-agency MBS Mortgage Servicing Rights Derivative Instruments (Dollars in thousands) Securities – Trading Securities – Non-agency MBS Mortgage Servicing Rights Derivative Instruments $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 17,443 Discounted Cash Flow Projected Constant Prepayment Rate, Projected Constant Default Rate, Projected Loss Severity, Discount Rate over LIBOR 2.5 to 25.8% (14.1%) 1.5 to 10.6% (5.1%) 40.0 to 68.0% (58.9%) 2.7 to 7.1% (4.2%) 10,752 Discounted Cash Flow Projected Constant Prepayment Rate, Life (in years), Discount Rate 6.0 to 26.6% (9.1%) 2.4 to 9.5 (6.9) 9.5 to 13.0% (9.9%) 953 Sales Comparison Approach Projected Sales Profit of Underlying Loans 0.1 to .4% (.3%) Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Inputs Range (Weighted Average) 8,327 Discounted Cash Flow Total Projected Defaults, Discount Rate over Treasury 12.2 to 21.8% (16.8%) 4.5 to 4.5% (4.5%) June 30, 2017 71,503 Discounted Cash Flow Projected Constant Prepayment Rate, Projected Constant Default Rate, Projected Loss Severity, Discount Rate over LIBOR 2.5 to 23.4% (12.5%) 1.5 to 18.9% (5.3%) 40.0 to 68.8% (57.9%) 2.6 to 5.8% (3.3%) 7,200 Discounted Cash Flow Projected Constant Prepayment Rate, Life (in years), Discount Rate 6.3 to 26.9% (9.5%) 2.5 to 7.8 (6.6) 9.5 to 13.0% (9.7%) 1,026 Sales Comparison Approach Projected Sales Profit of Underlying Loans 0.3 to 0.6% (0.5%) The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s residential mortgage-backed securities are projected prepayment rates, probability of default, and projected loss severity in the event of default. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in the assumption used for the probability of default is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the projected loss severity and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for projected prepayment rates. The table below summarizes changes in unrealized gains and losses and interest income recorded in earnings for Level 3 trading assets and liabilities that are still held at the periods indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Interest income on investments Fair value adjustment Total Year Ended June 30, 2018 2017 2016 $ $ — $ — — $ 311 743 1,054 $ $ 245 (248) (3) F-24 The table below summarizes the fair value of assets measured for impairment on a non-recurring basis: (Dollars in thousands) Impaired loans and leases: Single family real estate secured: Mortgage Home equity Multifamily real estate secured Auto and RV secured Commercial & Industrial Other Total Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets: Single family real estate Autos and RVs Total (Dollars in thousands) Impaired loans and leases: Single family real estate secured: Mortgage Home equity Multifamily real estate secured Auto and RV secured Commercial & Industrial Other Total Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets: Single family real estate Autos and RVs Total June 30, 2018 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Balance $ $ $ $ — $ — — — — — — $ — $ — — $ — $ — — — — — — $ — $ — — $ 28,446 16 232 60 2,361 111 31,226 9,385 206 9,591 June 30, 2017 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) $ $ $ $ — $ — — — — — — $ — $ — — $ — $ — — — — — — $ — $ — — $ 23,377 16 4,255 157 314 274 28,393 1,353 60 1,413 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 28,446 16 232 60 2,361 111 31,226 9,385 206 9,591 Balance 23,377 16 4,255 157 314 274 28,393 1,353 60 1,413 Impaired loans and leases measured for impairment on a non-recurring basis using the fair value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans have a carrying amount of $31,226 at June 30, 2018 and life to date charge-offs of $3,294. Impaired loans had a related allowance of $278 at June 30, 2018. At June 30, 2017, such impaired loans had a carrying amount of $28,393 and life to date charge-offs of $3,691, and a related allowance of $1,058. Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets, which are measured at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell, had a net carrying amount of $9,591 after charge-offs of $301 at June 30, 2018. Our other real estate owned and foreclosed assets had a net carrying amount was $1,413 after charge-offs of $332 during the year ended June 30, 2017. There were no held-to-maturity securities at June 30, 2018 or June 30, 2017. The Company has elected the fair value option for Agency loans held for sale. These loans are intended for sale and the Company believes that the fair value is the best indicator of the resolution of these loans. Interest income is recorded based on the contractual terms of the loan and in accordance with the Company’s policy on loans held for investment. None of these loans are 90 days or more past due nor on non-accrual as of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017. F-25 The aggregate fair value, contractual balance (including accrued interest), and gain was as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Aggregate fair value Contractual balance Gain 2018 35,077 34,415 662 $ $ $ $ At June 30, 2017 18,738 18,311 427 $ $ 2016 20,871 20,226 645 The total amount of gains and losses from changes in fair value included in earnings for the period indicated below for loans held for sale were: (Dollars in thousands) Interest income Change in fair value Total change in fair value 2018 903 181 1,084 $ $ $ $ At June 30, 2017 602 (514) 88 $ $ 2016 826 (846) (20) The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at the periods indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average)1 June 30, 2018 Impaired loans and leases: Single family real estate secured: Mortgage Home equity Multifamily real estate secured Auto and RV secured Commercial & Industrial Other Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets: Single family real estate Autos and RVs $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 28,446 16 232 60 Sales comparison approach Sales comparison approach Sales comparison approach and income approach Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales and adjustments for differences in net operating income expectations, capitalization rate -48.8 to 66.7% (2.3%) 0.0 to 14.9% (7.4%) -15.5 to 46.4% (15.4%) Sales comparison approach Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales -2.0 to 71.5% (24.0%) 2,361 Discounted cash flow Discount Rate -33.8 to 0.0% (-16.9%) 111 Discounted cash flow Projected Constant Prepayment Rate, Projected Constant Default Rate, Projected Loss Severity, Discount Rate 0.0 to 0.0% (0.0%) 0.0 to 10.0% (5.0%) 100.0 to 100.0% (100.0%) -1.0 to 2.5% (0.8%) 9,385 206 Sales comparison approach Sales comparison approach Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales -14.1 to 27.3% (0.5%) -33.9 to 60.5% (7.9%) 1 For impaired loans and other real estate owned the ranges shown may vary positively or negatively based on the comparable sales reported in the current appraisal. In certain instances, the range can be significant due to small sample sizes and in some cases the property being valued having limited comparable sales with similar characteristics at the time the current appraisal is conducted. F-26 (Dollars in thousands) Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average)1 June 30, 2017 Impaired loans and leases: Single family real estate secured: Mortgage Home equity Multifamily real estate secured Auto and RV secured Commercial & Industrial Other Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets: Single family real estate Autos and RVs $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 23,377 16 Sales comparison approach Sales comparison approach 4,255 Sales comparison approach and income approach Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales and adjustments for differences in net operating income expectations, capitalization rate -38.5 to 79.8% (6.4%) -6.1 to 26.1% (7.8%) -24.2 to 48.7% (2.4%) 157 Sales comparison approach Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales -17.2 to 42.4% (-5.5%) 314 Discounted cash flow Discount Rate 34.8 to 34.8% (34.8%) 274 Discounted cash flow Projected Constant Prepayment Rate, Projected Constant Default Rate, Projected Loss Severity, Discount Rate 0.0 to 0.0% (0.0%) 0.0 to 10.0% (5.0%) 100.0 to 100.0% (100.0%) 4.5 to 5.2% (4.9%) 1,353 60 Sales comparison approach Sales comparison approach Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales -10.5 to 12.5% (0.1%) 17.0 to 20.5% (6.2%) 1 For impaired loans and other real estate owned the ranges shown may vary positively or negatively based on the comparable sales reported in the current appraisal. In certain instances, the range can be significant due to small sample sizes and in some cases the property being valued having limited comparable sales with similar characteristics at the time the current appraisal is conducted. F-27 FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments at year-end were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents Securities available-for-sale Loans held for sale, at fair value Loans held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value Loans and leases held for investment—net Accrued interest receivable Mortgage servicing rights Financial liabilities: Total deposits Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank Subordinated notes and debentures Accrued interest payable (Dollars in thousands) Financial assets: Cash and cash equivalents Securities trading Securities available-for-sale Loans held for sale, at fair value Loans held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value Loans and leases held for investment—net Accrued interest receivable Mortgage servicing rights Financial liabilities: Total deposits Securities sold under agreements to repurchase Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank Subordinated notes and debentures Accrued interest payable June 30, 2018 Carrying Amount Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value $ 622,850 $ 622,850 $ — $ — $ 622,850 180,305 35,077 2,686 8,432,289 26,729 10,752 7,985,350 457,000 54,552 1,753 — — — — — — — — — — 162,862 35,077 — — — — 7,584,928 453,326 51,693 1,753 June 30, 2017 17,443 — 2,734 180,305 35,077 2,734 8,466,494 8,466,494 26,729 10,752 26,729 10,752 — — — — 7,584,928 453,326 51,693 1,753 Carrying Amount Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value $ 643,541 $ 643,541 $ 8,327 264,470 18,738 6,669 7,374,493 20,781 7,200 6,899,507 20,000 640,000 54,463 1,284 — — — — — — — — — — — — — $ — 192,967 18,738 — — — — — $ 643,541 8,327 71,503 — 7,328 8,327 264,470 18,738 7,328 7,521,281 7,521,281 20,781 7,200 20,781 7,200 6,544,056 20,152 645,339 52,930 1,284 — — — — — 6,544,056 20,152 645,339 52,930 1,284 The methods and assumptions, not previously presented, used to estimate fair value are described as follows: Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, interest bearing deposits, accrued interest receivable and payable, demand deposits, short-term debt, and variable rate loans and leases or deposits that reprice frequently and fully. For fixed rate loans, deposits, borrowings or subordinated debt and for variable rate loans and leases, deposits, borrowings or subordinated debt with infrequent repricing or repricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. A discussion of the methods of valuing trading securities, available for sale securities and loans held for sale can be found earlier in this footnote. The carrying amount of stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) approximates the estimated fair value of this investment. The fair value of off-balance sheet items is not considered material. F-28 4. SECURITIES The amortized cost, carrying amount and fair value for the major categories of securities trading, available-for-sale, and held-to-maturity for the following periods were: (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage-backed securities (RMBS): U.S agencies1 Non-agency2 Total mortgage-backed securities Non-RMBS: Municipal Asset-backed securities and structured notes Total Non-RMBS Total debt securities (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage-backed securities (RMBS): U.S. agencies1 Non-agency2 Total mortgage-backed securities Non-RMBS: Municipal Asset-backed securities and structured notes Total Non-RMBS Total debt securities June 30, 2018 Available-for-sale Amortized Cost Unrealized Gains Unrealized Losses Fair Value $ 13,102 $ 19,384 32,486 20,953 127,558 148,511 152 116 268 2 2,267 2,269 $ (328) $ (2,057) (2,385) (743) (101) (844) 12,926 17,443 30,369 20,212 129,724 149,936 $ 180,997 $ 2,537 $ (3,229) $ 180,305 Trading Fair Value June 30, 2017 Available-for-sale Amortized Cost Unrealized Gains Unrealized Losses Fair Value $ — $ 27,379 $ 286 $ (459) $ — — — 8,327 8,327 65,401 92,780 27,568 137,172 164,740 7,406 7,692 19 1,517 1,536 (1,304) (1,763) (424) (91) (515) 27,206 71,503 98,709 27,163 138,598 165,761 $ 8,327 $ 257,520 $ 9,228 $ (2,278) $ 264,470 1 U.S. government-backed or government sponsored enterprises including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. 2 Private sponsors of securities collateralized primarily by pools of 1-4 family residential first mortgages. Primarily super senior securities secured by prime, Alt- A or pay-option ARM mortgages. The Company’s non-agency RMBS available-for-sale portfolio with a total fair value of $17,443 at June 30, 2018 consists of fifteen different issues of super senior securities. During the current fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, the Company sold its two mezzanine z-tranche securities for a gain of $153. Debt securities with evidence of credit quality deterioration since issuance and for which it is probable at purchase that the Company will be unable to collect all of the par value of the security are accounted for under ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (“ASC Topic 310-30”). Under ASC Topic 310-30, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the purchase price is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the security. During the current fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, the Company sold its one senior support security for a loss of $861. The face amounts of debt securities available-for-sale that were pledged to secure borrowings at June 30, 2018 and 2017 were $2,540 and $6,183 respectively. F-29 The securities with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) RMBS: U.S. agencies Non-agency Total RMBS securities Non-RMBS: Municipal debt Asset-backed securities and structured notes Total Non-RMBS Total debt securities (Dollars in thousands) RMBS: U.S. agencies Non-agency Total RMBS securities Non-RMBS: Municipal debt Asset-backed securities and structured notes Total Non-RMBS Total debt securities June 30, 2018 Available-for-sale securities in loss position for Less Than 12 Months More Than 12 Months Total Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses $ (1) $ 6,825 $ (327) $ 6,837 $ 15,867 (2,056) 15,903 (328) (2,057) $ 12 36 48 1,740 9,489 11,229 (1) (2) (17) (30) (47) 22,692 (2,383) 22,740 (2,385) 12,326 6,163 18,489 (726) (71) (797) 14,066 15,652 29,718 (743) (101) (844) $ 11,277 $ (49) $ 41,181 $ (3,180) $ 52,458 $ (3,229) June 30, 2017 Available-for-sale securities in loss position for Less Than 12 Months More Than 12 Months Total Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value Gross Unrealized Losses $ 17,161 2,487 19,648 13,431 27,750 41,181 $ (374) $ (16) 2,348 25,097 $ (85) $ (1,288) $ 19,509 27,584 (459) (1,304) (390) 27,445 (1,373) 47,093 (1,763) (420) (91) (511) 1,757 — 1,757 (4) — (4) 15,188 27,750 42,938 (424) (91) (515) $ 60,829 $ (901) $ 29,202 $ (1,377) $ 90,031 $ (2,278) There were twenty-six securities that were in a continuous loss position at June 30, 2018 for a period of more than 12 months. There were eleven securities that were in a continuous loss position at June 30, 2018 for a period of less than 12 months. There were sixteen securities that were in a continuous loss position at June 30, 2017 for a period of more than 12 months. There were twenty-six securities that were in a continuous loss position at June 30, 2017 for a period of less than 12 months. The following table summarizes amounts of anticipated credit loss recognized in the income statement through other- than-temporary impairment charges, which reduced non-interest income: (Dollars in thousands) Beginning balance Additions for the amounts related to the credit loss for which an other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized Increases to the amount related to the credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized Credit losses realized for securities sold Ending balance At June 30, 2018 2017 2016 $ (15,528) $ (20,865) $ (20,503) (7) (149) 15,684 (342) (1,622) 7,301 (112) (453) 203 $ — $ (15,528) (20,865) F-30 At June 30, 2018, no non-agency RMBS were determined to have cumulative credit losses. Cumulative credit losses of $565 was recognized in earnings during fiscal 2016, $1,964 was recognized in earnings during fiscal 2017 and $156 was recognized in earnings during fiscal 2018. This year’s other-than-temporary impairment of $156 was related to two non-agency RMBS sold during the year. The Company measures its non-agency RMBS in an unrealized loss position at the end of the reporting period for other-than-temporary impairment by comparing the present value of the cash flows currently expected to be collected from the security with its amortized cost basis. If the calculated present value is lower than the amortized cost, the difference is the credit component of other-than-temporary impairment of its debt securities. The excess of present value over the fair value of the security, if any, is the noncredit component of the other-than-temporary impairment. If the Company does not intend to sell the security and will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the credit component of other- than-temporary impairment is recorded as a loss in earnings and the noncredit component of other-than-temporary impairment is recorded in comprehensive income, net of the related income tax benefit. If the Company does not intend to hold the security, or will be required to sell the security prior to a recovery of the amortized cost basis of the security, the credit component and noncredit component of the other-than-temporary impairment is recorded as a loss in earnings. To determine the cash flows expected to be collected and to calculate the present value for purposes of testing for other- than-temporary impairment, the Company utilizes the same industry-standard tool and the same cash flows as those calculated for Level 3 fair values as discussed in Note 3 – Fair Value. The discount rates used to compute the present value of the expected cash flows for purposes of testing for the credit component of the other-than-temporary impairment are either the implicit rate calculated in each of the Company’s securities at acquisition or the last accounting yield. The Company calculates the implicit rate at acquisition based on the contractual terms of the security, considering scheduled payments (and minimum payments in the case of pay-option ARMs) without prepayment assumptions. Once the discount rate (or discount margin in the case of floating rate securities) is calculated as described above, the discount is used in the industry-standard model to calculate the present value of the cash flows. During the current fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, total proceeds of $8,700 and net realized gains of $282 were realized from the sale of two trading securities with a carrying value of $8,327. During the current fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, the company sold twenty-four available-for-sale securities with a carrying value of $44,271 resulting in a $300 loss. The gross gains and losses realized through earnings upon the sale of available-for-sale securities were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Proceeds Gross realized gains Gross realized loss Net gain on securities 2018 At June 30, 2017 2016 $ $ $ 44,013 1,269 $ $ (1,569) (300) $ 161,048 7,386 (3,466) 3,920 $ $ $ 14,969 1,427 — 1,427 The Company records unrealized gains and unrealized losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Available-for-sale debt securities—net unrealized gains Available-for-sale debt securities—non-credit related Subtotal Tax (provision) benefit Net unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities in accumulated other comprehensive loss At June 30, 2018 2017 (692) $ — (692) 79 (613) $ 6,949 (6,115) 834 (347) 487 $ $ F-31 The expected maturity distribution of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities and the contractual maturity distribution of the Company’s Non-RMBS securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity were: (Dollars in thousands) RMBS—U.S. agencies1: Due within one year Due one to five years Due five to ten years Due after ten years Total RMBS—U.S. agencies1 RMBS—Non-agency: Due within one year Due one to five years Due five to ten years Due after ten years Total RMBS—Non-agency Non-RMBS: Due within one year Due one to five years Due five to ten years Due after ten years Total Non-RMBS Total June 30, 2018 Available-for-sale Amortized Cost Fair Value $ 1,371 $ 4,004 3,008 4,719 13,102 3,012 8,902 5,583 1,887 19,384 75,701 58,979 — 13,831 148,511 $ 180,997 $ 1,344 3,933 2,973 4,676 12,926 2,760 8,116 4,966 1,601 17,443 76,925 59,920 — 13,091 149,936 180,305 1 Residential mortgage-backed security (RMBS) distributions include impact of expected prepayments and other timing factors. F-32 5. LOANS, LEASES & ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES For the Company’s single family, commercial and multifamily loans, the allowance methodology takes into consideration the risk that the original borrower information may have adversely changed in two ways. First, in calculating the quantitative factor for the Company’s general loan and lease loss allowance, the actual loss experience is tracked and stratified by original LTV and year of origination. As a result, the Company uses relatively higher loss rates across the LTV bands for loans originated and purchased in years 2005 through 2008 compared to the same LTV ranges for loans originated before 2005 or after 2008. Second, the Company uses a number of qualitative factors to reflect additional risk. One qualitative loss factor is real estate valuation risk which is applied to each LTV band primarily based upon the year the real estate loan was originated or purchased. Based upon price appreciation indices, multifamily property values in years 2005 through 2008 experienced significant declines. As a result, the Company applies a relatively higher qualitative loss factor rate across the LTV bands for loans originated and purchased in years 2005 through 2008 compared to the same LTV ranges for loans originated or purchased before 2005 or after 2008. Lastly, the Company separates its allowance for loan and lease losses into loans originated and purchased categories in order to reflect the additional risk associated with purchased loans. For the Company’s home equity loans, the allowance methodology takes into consideration the risk that the original borrower information may have adversely changed in two ways. First, in calculating the quantitative factor for the Company’s general loan loss allowance, the actual loss experience is tracked and stratified by original combined LTV (“CLTV”) of the first and second liens. As a result, the Company allocates higher loss rates in proportion to the greater the CLTV. Second, the Company uses a number of qualitative factors to reflect additional risk. The Company does not have any individual purchased home equity loans in its portfolio and given the limited time frame under which the Company originated home equity loans, 2006-2009, no additional risk allocation is used. For the Company’s single family – warehouse lines, the allowance methodology takes into consideration the structure of these loans, as they remain in the portfolio for a short period (usually less than a month) and have higher credit protection allocated compared to traditional single family originations. A matrix was created to reflect most current operating levels of capital and line usage, which calculates a loss rating to assign to each originator. For the Company’s factoring loans, the allowance methodology takes into consideration the credit quality of the insurance company or state securing the loan. The Company obtains credit ratings for these entities through agencies such as A.M. Best and allocates an allowance allocation based on these ratings. For the Company’s C&I leveraged loans, equipment finance leases and bridge loans, the allowance methodology incorporates a loan level grading system, which generally aligns with the credit rating. Industry loss rates are applied to determine the loss allowance for each of these loans based upon their internal grading. The credit rating incorporates multiple borrower attributes including, but not limited to, underlying collateral and pledged assets, income generated by the property or assets, borrower’s liquidity and access to liquid funds, strength of the borrower’s industry, stability of the borrower’s market, the size of the company, collateral diversity, facility exit strategies and borrower guarantees. For the Company’s automobile (“auto”) and recreational vehicle (“RV”) loan portfolio, the allowance methodology takes into consideration potential adverse changes to the borrower’s financial condition since time of origination. The general loan loss reserves for auto and RV are stratified based upon borrower FICO scores. First, to account for potential deterioration of borrower’s credit history since time of origination, due to downturn in the economy or other factors, the Company refreshes the FICO scores used to drive the allowance on a semi-annual basis. The Company believes that current borrower credit history is a better predictor of potential loss than that was used at time of origination. Second, the Company uses a number of qualitative factors to capture additional risk when finalizing its calculation of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Loan and lease segment risk characteristics. The Company considers its loan and lease classes to be the same as its loan and lease segments. The following are loan and lease segment risk characteristics of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio: Single family mortgage secured. The Company originates both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans secured by one-to-four family residences located in the U.S. The Company’s lending policies generally limit the maximum LTV ratio on one-to-four family loans to 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or the purchase price, plus pledged collateral. Terms of maturity typically range from 15 to 30 years. The Company attempts to mitigate residential lending risks by adhering to its underwriting policies in evaluating the collateral and the credit-worthiness of the borrower. Home equity. The Company also originates home equity lines of credit and second mortgage loans. Home equity lines of credit and second mortgage loans have a greater credit risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans because they are secured by mortgages subordinated to the existing first mortgage on the property, which may or may not be held by the Company. The Company attempts to mitigate residential lending risks by adhering to its underwriting policies in evaluating the collateral and the credit- worthiness of the borrower. F-33 Warehouse and other. Single family warehouse loans consist of short-term, secured advances to mortgage bankers on a revolving basis. These facilities enable the mortgage originators to close loans in their own names and temporarily finance inventories of closed mortgage loans until they can be sold to an approved investor. Commercial specialty and lender finance loans secured by single family real estate are originated to businesses secured by first liens on single family mortgage loans. These loans are generally collateralized by single family mortgage loans that are secured by first liens on single family real estate. The Company attempts to mitigate residential lending risks by adhering to its underwriting policies in evaluating the collateral and the credit-worthiness of the borrower. Multifamily. The Company originates loans secured by multifamily real estate (more than four units). These loans involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans as these loans are usually greater in amount, dependent on the cash flow capacity of the project, and may be more difficult to evaluate and monitor. Repayment of loans secured by multifamily properties frequently depends on the successful operation and management of the properties. Consequently, repayment of such loans may be affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market or economy. The Company attempts to mitigate these risks by thoroughly evaluating the global financial condition of the borrower, the management experience of the borrower, and the quality of the collateral property securing the loan. Commercial real estate. The Company originates loans across the U.S. secured by small commercial real estate properties. These are primarily cash flow loans that share characteristics of both real estate and commercial business loans. The primary source of repayment is frequently cash flow from the operation of the collateral property and secondarily through liquidation of the collateral. These loans are generally higher risk than other classifications of loans in that they typically involve higher loan amounts, are dependent on the management experience of the owners, and may be adversely affected by conditions in the real estate market or the economy. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are generally of lower credit risk than non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans as the borrowers’ businesses are likely dependent on the properties. Underwriting for these loans is primarily dependent on the repayment capacity derived from the operation of the occupying business rather than rents paid by third parties. The Company attempts to mitigate these risks by generally limiting the maximum LTV ratio to 65%-80%, depending on property type, and scrutinizing the financial condition of the borrower, the quality of the collateral and the management of the property securing the loan. Auto and RV. Auto and RV loans primarily consist of direct and indirect auto loans and legacy RV loans. These auto and RV loans were originated across the U.S. The collateral for these auto and RV loans is comprised of a mix of new and used autos and RVs. Auto and RV loans generally have shorter terms to maturity than mortgage loans. Auto and RV loans generally involve a greater degree of risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of auto and RV loans, which are secured by rapidly depreciating and mobile assets such as autos and RVs. In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted auto and RV loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation. The Company attempts to mitigate these risks by adhering to its underwriting policies in evaluating the credit-worthiness of the borrower. Factoring. Factoring loans are originated through the wholesale and retail purchase of state lottery prize and structured settlement annuities. These annuities are high credit quality deferred payment receivables having a state lottery commission or primarily highly rated insurance company payor. Purchases of state lottery prize or structured settlement annuities are governed by specific state statutes requiring judicial approval of each transaction. No transaction is funded before an order approving such transaction has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company’s commission-based sales force originates contracts for the retail purchase of such payments from leads generated by the Company’s dedicated research department through the use of proprietary research techniques. The Company attempts to mitigate these risks by adhering to its underwriting policies in evaluating the credit- worthiness of the state or insurer. Commercial and industrial. Commercial and industrial loans and leases are primarily made based on the operating cash flows of the borrower or conversion of working capital assets to cash and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers may be volatile and the value of the collateral securing these loans and leases may be difficult to measure. Most commercial and industrial loans and leases are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and generally include personal guarantees based on a review of personal financial statements. Although commercial and industrial loans and leases are often collateralized by equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other business assets, the liquidation of collateral in the event of a borrower default may be an insufficient source of repayment, because accounts receivable may be uncollectible and inventories and equipment may be obsolete or of limited use. Accordingly, the repayment of a commercial and industrial loan or lease primarily depends on the credit-worthiness of the borrower and guarantors, while the liquidation of collateral is a secondary and potentially insufficient source of repayment. The Company attempts to mitigate these risks by adhering to its underwriting policies in evaluating the management of the business and the credit-worthiness of borrowers and guarantors. Other. The Company originates other loans, which include unsecured consumer loans and other small balance business and consumer loans. Other consumer loans generally have shorter terms to maturity than mortgage loans. Other consumer loans generally involve a greater degree of risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured. In such cases, it is not possible to repossess collateral for a defaulted consumer loan and as such there may not exist an adequate source F-34 of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the absence of security. The Company attempts to mitigate these risks by adhering to its underwriting policies in evaluating the credit-worthiness of the borrower. The following table sets forth the composition of the loan and lease portfolio as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Single family real estate secured: Mortgage Home equity Warehouse and other1 Multifamily real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total gross loans and leases At June 30, 2018 2017 $ 4,198,941 $ 2,306 412,085 1,800,919 220,379 213,522 169,885 1,481,051 18,598 8,517,686 (49,151) (36,246) 8,432,289 $ 3,901,754 2,092 452,390 1,619,404 162,715 154,246 160,674 992,232 3,754 7,449,261 (40,832) (33,936) 7,374,493 Allowance for loan and lease losses Unaccreted discounts and loan and lease fees Total net loans and leases $ 1 The balance of single family warehouse loans was $175,508 at June 30, 2018 and $187,034 at June 30, 2017. The remainder of the balance was attributable to commercial specialty and lender finance loans secured by single family real estate. The following table summarizes activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the periods indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Balance—beginning of period Provision for loan and lease loss Charged off Transfers to held for sale Recoveries Balance—end of period 2018 At June 30, 2017 2016 $ $ $ 40,832 25,800 (15,979) (2,307) 805 $ 35,826 11,061 (5,096) (1,828) 869 49,151 $ 40,832 $ The following table summarizes the composition of the impaired loans and leases: (Dollars in thousands) Nonaccrual loans and leases—90+ days past due plus other nonaccrual loans and leases Troubled debt restructured loans and leases—non-accrual Troubled debt restructured loans and leases—performing Total impaired loans and leases $ $ 2018 At June 30, 2017 2016 30,197 1,029 — 31,226 $ $ 26,815 1,578 — 28,393 $ $ 28,327 9,700 (808) (2,727) 1,334 35,826 28,790 3,069 210 32,069 F-35 At June 30, 2018, the carrying value of impaired loans and leases is net of write offs of $2,184. At June 30, 2018, $31,226 of impaired loans and leases had no specific allowance allocations. The average carrying value of impaired loans and leases was $30,420 and $34,154 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The interest income recognized during the periods of impairment is insignificant for those loans and leases impaired at June 30, 2018 or 2017. At June 30, 2018 and 2017, there were no loans or leases still accruing past due 90 days or more, unless the Company received principal and interest from the servicer despite the borrower’s delinquency. The Company considers the servicer’s recovery of such advances in evaluating whether such loans should continue to accrue. A loan or lease is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan or lease agreement. Factors that we consider in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans or leases that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan or lease’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if repayment of the loan or lease is expected from the sale of collateral. The Company has allocated $0 and $44 of the allowance to customers whose loans have been restructured and were determined to be TDRs as of June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company does not have any commitments to fund TDR loans at June 30, 2018. At June 30, 2018 and 2017, approximately 71.08% and 69.57%, respectively, of the Company’s real estate loans are collateralized by real property located in California and therefore exposed to economic conditions within this market region. In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted related party loans collateralized by real property to principal officers, directors and their affiliates. There were no new related party loans granted during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. During the fiscal year 2017, the Company originated no new related party loans and did not execute any interest rate modifications of existing loans. Total principal payments on related party loans were $341 and $353 during the years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. At June 30, 2018 and 2017, these loans amounted to $8,956 and $9,297, respectively, and are included in loans held for investment. Interest earned on these loans was $81 and $95 during the years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company’s loan and lease portfolio consists of approximately 12.96% fixed interest rate loans and 87.04% adjustable interest rate loans as of June 30, 2018. The Company’s adjustable rate loans are generally based upon indices using U.S. Treasury rates, LIBOR and Eleventh District Cost of Funds. At June 30, 2018 and 2017, purchased loans serviced by others were $64,536 or 0.76% and $84,363 or 1.13% respectively, of the loan portfolio. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. The Company is committed to maintaining the allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that is considered to be commensurate with estimated probable incurred credit losses in the portfolio. Although the adequacy of the allowance is reviewed quarterly, management performs an ongoing assessment of the risks inherent in the portfolio. While the Company believes that the allowance for loan and lease losses is adequate at June 30, 2018, future additions to the allowance will be subject to continuing evaluation of estimated and known, as well as inherent, risks in the loan and lease portfolio. Allowance for Credit Loss Disclosures. The assessment of the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses is based upon a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including levels and trends of past due and nonaccrual loans, changes in the volume and mix of loans, collateral values and charge-off history. Based on historical performance, the Company divides the LTV analysis into two classes, separating purchased loans from the loans underwritten directly by the Company since mortgage loans originated by the Company experience lower estimated loss rates. The Company provides general loan loss reserves for its auto and RV loans based upon the borrower’s credit score at the time of origination and the Company’s loss experience to date. The Company obtains updated credit scores for its auto and RV borrowers approximately every six months. The updated credit score will result in a higher or lower general loan loss allowance depending on the change in borrowers’ FICO scores and the resulting shift in loan balances among the five FICO bands from which the Company measures and calculates its reserves. For the general loss reserve, the Company does not use individually updated credit scores or valuations for the real estate collateralizing its real estate loans. The allowance for loan and lease losses for the auto and RV loan portfolio at June 30, 2018 was determined by classifying each outstanding loan according to the original FICO score and providing loss rates. The Company had $213,462 of auto and RV loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: FICO score greater than or equal to 770: $105,612; 715 – 769: $73,013; 700 – 714: $18,524; 660 – 699: $14,992 and less than 660: $1,321. F-36 The Company provides general loan loss reserves for mortgage loans based upon the size and class of the mortgage loan and the LTV at date of origination. The allowance for each class is determined by dividing the outstanding unpaid balance for each loan by the LTV and applying a loss rate. At June 30, 2018, the LTV groupings for each significant mortgage class were as follows: The Company had $4,170,495 of single family mortgage portfolio loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: LTV less than or equal to 60%: $2,443,303; 61% – 70%: $1,387,807; 71% – 80%: $339,193 and greater than 80%: $192. The Company had $1,800,687 of multifamily mortgage portfolio loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: LTV less than or equal to 55%: $957,441; 56% – 65%: $562,928; 66% – 75%: $269,619; 76% – 80%: $9,499 and greater than 80%: $1,200. The Company originates and purchases mortgage loans with terms that may include repayments that are less than the repayments for fully amortizing loans, including interest only loans, option adjustable-rate mortgages, and other loan types that permit payments that may be smaller than interest accruals. The Companies lending guidelines for interest-only loans are adjusted for the increased credit risk associated with these loans by requiring borrowers with such loans to borrow at LTVs that are lower than standard amortizing ARM loans and by calculating debt to income ratios for qualifying borrowers based upon a fully amortizing payment, not the interest only payment. The Company’s Credit Committee monitors and performs reviews of interest only loans. Adverse trends reflected in the Company’s delinquency statistics, grading and classification of interest only loans would be reported to management and the Board of Directors. As of June 30, 2018, the Company had $1,123.1 million of interest only loans and $2.3 million of option adjustable-rate mortgage loans. Through June 30, 2018, the net amount of deferred interest on these loan types was not material to the financial position or operating results of the Company. The Company’s commercial real estate secured portfolio consists of loans well collateralized by commercial real estate. The Company had $220,379 of commercial real estate loan balances subject to general reserves as follows: LTV less than or equal to 50%: $104,070; 51% – 60%: $47,591; 61% – 70%: $56,649; 71% – 80%: $12,069 and greater than 80%: $0. The Company’s commercial and industrial portfolio primarily consists of real estate-backed and asset-backed loans and leases to businesses and non-bank lenders. The Company’s other portfolios consist of receivables factoring for businesses and consumers and other small balance business and consumer loans. The Company allocates its allowance for loan and lease losses for these asset types based on qualitative factors which consider various attributes captured in the credit rating, the value of the collateral and the financial position of the issuer of the receivables. F-37 The following tables summarize activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio classes for the periods indicated: Single Family June 30, 2018 (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Balance at July 1, 2017 $ 19,972 $ 19 $ 2,298 $ 4,638 $ 1,008 $ 2,379 $ 401 $ 9,881 $ 236 $ 40,832 Provision for loan and lease loss Charge-offs Transfers to held for sale Recoveries 632 (271) — 35 Balance at June 30, 2018 $ 20,368 $ (18) (1) — 14 14 69 (287) — — 372 — — — (159) — — — 1,390 (803) — 212 44 — — — 6,357 17,113 25,800 — — — (14,617) (15,979) (2,307) (2,307) 544 969 805 $ 49,151 $ 2,080 $ 5,010 $ 849 $ 3,178 $ 445 $ 16,238 $ Single Family June 30, 2017 (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Balance at July 1, 2016 $ 18,666 $ 23 $ 2,685 $ 3,938 $ 882 $ 1,615 $ 245 $ 7,630 $ 142 $ 35,826 Provision for loan and lease loss Charge-offs Transfers to held for sale Recoveries 2,308 (1,115) — 113 Balance at June 30, 2017 $ 19,972 $ (6) (23) — 25 19 (387) — — — 323 — — 377 110 (23) — 39 990 (433) — 207 156 — — — 2,251 — — — $ 2,298 $ 4,638 $ 1,008 $ 2,379 $ 401 $ 9,881 $ 5,316 (3,502) (1,828) 108 236 11,061 (5,096) (1,828) 869 $ 40,832 Single Family June 30, 2016 (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Consumer & Other Total Balance at July 1, 2015 $ 13,664 $ 122 $ 1,879 $ 4,363 $ 1,103 $ 953 $ 292 $ 5,882 $ 69 $ 28,327 Provision for loan and lease loss Charge-offs Transfers to held for sale Recoveries 5,040 (205) — 167 Balance at June 30, 2016 $ 18,666 $ (134) (3) — 38 23 806 — — — (311) (114) — — $ 2,685 $ 3,938 $ (1,056) (147) — 982 882 854 (339) — 147 (47) — — — 1,748 — — — 2,800 — (2,727) — 9,700 (808) (2,727) 1,334 $ 1,615 $ 245 $ 7,630 $ 142 $ 35,826 F-38 The following tables present our loans and leases evaluated individually for impairment by portfolio class for the periods indicated: June 30, 2018 Unpaid Principal Balance Principal Balance Adjustment1 Recorded Investment Accrued Interest/ Origination Fees Related Allocation of General Allowance Related Allocation of Specific Allowance Total (Dollars in thousands) With no related allowance recorded: Single family real estate secured: Mortgage In-house originated Purchased Multifamily real estate secured Purchased Auto and RV secured In-house originated With an allowance recorded: Single family real estate secured: Mortgage In-house originated Purchased Home equity In-house originated Commercial & Industrial Other Total As a % of total gross loans and leases $ $ 1,584 3,598 $ 951 1,739 $ 633 1,859 $ 480 369 24,607 1,394 16 172 111 32,331 $ 248 309 47 — — — — 3,294 $ 232 60 24,560 1,394 16 172 111 29,037 0.38% 0.04% 0.34% 78 — — 2 — 21 $ 711 1,859 $ — $ — 232 62 — — 24,560 1,415 16 172 111 29,138 0.34% $ 247 14 1 9 7 278 —% $ — — — 101 —% $ $ June 30, 2017 Unpaid Principal Balance Principal Balance Adjustment1 Recorded Investment Accrued Interest/ Origination Fees Related Allocation of General Allowance Related Allocation of Specific Allowance Total (Dollars in thousands) With no related allowance recorded: Single family real estate secured: Mortgage In-house originated Purchased Multifamily real estate secured Purchased Auto and RV secured In-house originated With an allowance recorded: Single family real estate secured: Mortgage In-house originated Purchased Home equity In-house originated Multifamily real estate secured In-house originated Auto and RV secured In-house originated Commercial & Industrial Other $ 4,240 4,563 $ 1,032 1,903 $ 3,208 2,660 $ 492 418 16,124 1,429 18 4,170 42 314 215 295 12 32 2 192 8 — 277 123 16,112 1,397 16 3,978 34 314 205 — — 3 — 17 — 186 2 — $ 3,413 2,660 $ — $ — 277 126 16,112 1,414 16 4,164 36 314 — — 643 37 1 19 1 314 Total As a % of total gross loans and leases 1 Impaired loans with an allowance recorded do not have any charge-offs. Principal balance adjustments on impaired loans with an allowance recorded represent interest payments that have been applied to the book balance as a result of the loans’ non-accrual status. 0.01% 0.05% 0.38% 0.39% 0.43% $ $ $ $ $ $ $ — 413 0.01% 274 28,806 43 1,058 274 32,084 — 3,691 274 28,393 — — — — — — — — — — —% — — — — — — — — — — — — —% F-39 The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment in loans and leases by portfolio segment and based on impairment evaluation method: June 30, 2018 Single Family Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Allowance for loan and lease losses: Ending allowance balance attributable to loans and leases: Individually evaluated for impairment– general allowance Individually evaluated for impairment– specific allowance Collectively evaluated for impairment Total ending allowance balance Loans and leases: Loans and leases individually evaluated for impairment 1 Loans and leases collectively evaluated for impairment Principal loan and lease balance Unaccreted discounts and loan and lease fees Total recorded investment in loans and leases $ 261 $ 1 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 9 $ 7 $ 278 — 20,107 — 13 — — 2,080 5,010 — 849 — 3,178 — 445 — 16,229 — 962 — 48,873 $ 20,368 $ 14 $ 2,080 $ 5,010 $ 849 $ 3,178 $ 445 $ 16,238 $ 969 $ 49,151 $ 28,446 $ 16 $ — $ 232 $ — $ 60 $ — $ 172 $ 111 $ 29,037 4,170,495 4,198,941 2,290 2,306 412,085 1,800,687 220,379 213,462 169,885 1,480,879 18,487 8,488,649 412,085 1,800,919 220,379 213,522 169,885 1,481,051 18,598 8,517,686 9,187 48 (706) 5,063 836 2,065 (48,039) (3,884) (816) (36,246) $ 4,208,128 $ 2,354 $ 411,379 $ 1,805,982 $ 221,215 $ 215,587 $ 121,846 $ 1,477,167 $ 17,782 $ 8,481,440 1 Loans and leases evaluated for impairment include TDRs that have been performing for more than six months. June 30, 2017 Single Family Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Allowance for loan and lease losses: Ending allowance balance attributable to loans and leases: Individually evaluated for impairment – general allowance Individually evaluated for impairment – specific allowance Collectively evaluated for impairment Total ending allowance balance Loans and leases: Loans and leases individually evaluated for impairment 1 Loans and leases collectively evaluated for impairment Principal loan and lease balance Unaccreted discounts and loan and lease fees Total recorded investment in loans and leases $ $ 680 $ 1 $ — $ 19 $ — $ 1 $ — $ 314 $ 43 $ 1,058 — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — 19,292 18 2,298 4,619 1,008 2,378 401 9,567 193 39,774 $ 19,972 $ 19 $ 2,298 $ 4,638 $ 1,008 $ 2,379 $ 401 $ 9,881 $ 236 $ 40,832 $ 23,377 $ 16 $ — $ 4,255 $ — $ 157 $ — $ 314 $ 274 $ 28,393 3,878,377 3,901,754 2,076 2,092 452,390 1,615,149 162,715 154,089 160,674 991,918 3,480 7,420,868 452,390 1,619,404 162,715 154,246 160,674 992,232 3,754 7,449,261 10,486 34 (1,702) 4,586 744 2,054 (49,350) (640) (148) (33,936) $ 3,912,240 $ 2,126 $ 450,688 $ 1,623,990 $ 163,459 $ 156,300 $ 111,324 $ 991,592 $ 3,606 $ 7,415,325 1 Loans and leases evaluated for impairment include TDRs that have been performing for more than six months. F-40 Credit Quality Disclosure. Nonaccrual loans and leases consisted of the following as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Nonaccrual loans and leases: Single Family Real Estate Secured: Mortgage In-house originated Purchased Home Equity In-house originated Multifamily Real Estate Secured In-house originated Purchased Total nonaccrual loans secured by real estate Auto and RV Secured Commercial and Industrial Other Total nonaccrual loans and leases Nonaccrual loans and leases to total loans and leases At June 30, 2018 2017 $ $ $ 25,193 3,253 16 — 232 28,694 60 2,361 111 19,320 4,057 16 3,978 277 27,648 157 314 274 31,226 $ 0.37% 28,393 0.38% Approximately 3.30% of our nonaccrual loans and leases at June 30, 2018 were considered TDRs, compared to 5.56% at June 30, 2017. Borrowers who make timely payments after TDRs are considered non-performing for at least six months. Generally, after six months of timely payments, those TDRs are reclassified from the nonaccrual loan and lease category to performing and any previously deferred interest income is recognized. Approximately 91.10% of the Bank’s nonaccrual loans and leases are single family first mortgages already written down to 41.28% in aggregate, of the original appraisal value of the underlying properties. The following tables provide the outstanding unpaid balance of loans and leases that are performing and nonaccrual by portfolio class as of the dates indicated: Single Family June 30, 2018 (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Performing $ 4,170,495 $ 2,290 $ 412,085 $ 1,800,687 $ 220,379 $ 213,462 $ 169,885 $ 1,478,690 $ 18,487 $ 8,486,460 Nonaccrual 28,446 16 — 232 — 60 — 2,361 111 31,226 Total $ 4,198,941 $ 2,306 $ 412,085 $ 1,800,919 $ 220,379 $ 213,522 $ 169,885 $ 1,481,051 $ 18,598 $ 8,517,686 June 30, 2017 Single Family (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Performing $ 3,878,377 $ 2,076 $ 452,390 $ 1,615,149 $ 162,715 $ 154,089 $ 160,674 $ 991,918 $ 3,480 $ 7,420,868 Nonaccrual 23,377 16 — 4,255 — 157 — 314 274 28,393 Total $ 3,901,754 $ 2,092 $ 452,390 $ 1,619,404 $ 162,715 $ 154,246 $ 160,674 $ 992,232 $ 3,754 $ 7,449,261 F-41 The Company divides loan balances when determining general loan loss reserves between purchases and originations as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Origination Purchase Total Origination Purchase Total Origination Purchase Total Single Family Real Estate Secured: Mortgage Multifamily Real Estate Secured Commercial Real Estate Secured Performing Nonaccrual Total $ $ 4,134,011 $ 36,484 $ 4,170,495 $ 1,735,051 $ 65,636 $ 1,800,687 $ 212,235 $ 8,144 $ 220,379 25,193 3,253 28,446 — 232 232 — — — 4,159,204 $ 39,737 $ 4,198,941 $ 1,735,051 $ 65,868 $ 1,800,919 $ 212,235 $ 8,144 $ 220,379 June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 (Dollars in thousands) Origination Purchase Total Origination Purchase Total Origination Purchase Total Single Family Real Estate Secured: Mortgage Multifamily Real Estate Secured Commercial Real Estate Secured Performing Nonaccrual Total $ $ 3,827,649 $ 50,728 $ 3,878,377 $ 1,528,912 $ 86,237 $ 1,615,149 $ 150,880 $ 11,835 $ 162,715 19,320 4,057 23,377 3,978 277 4,255 — — — 3,846,969 $ 54,785 $ 3,901,754 $ 1,532,890 $ 86,514 $ 1,619,404 $ 150,880 $ 11,835 $ 162,715 From time to time the Company modifies loan terms temporarily for borrowers who are experiencing financial stress. These loans are performing and accruing and will generally return to the original loan terms after the modification term expires. F-42 During the temporary period of modification, the Company classifies these loans as performing TDRs that consisted of the following as of the dates indicated: Single Family June 30, 2018 (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Performing loans temporarily modified as TDR $ Nonaccrual loans and leases — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — 28,446 16 — 232 — 60 — 2,361 111 31,226 Total impaired loans and leases $ 28,446 $ 16 $ — $ 232 $ — $ 60 $ — $ 2,361 $ 111 $ 31,226 Single Family Year Ended June 30, 2018 (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Interest income recognized on performing TDRs $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — Average balances of performing TDRs Average balances of impaired loans and leases $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 27,108 $ 16 $ — $ 2,385 $ — $ 129 $ — $ 535 $ 247 $ 30,420 Single Family June 30, 2017 (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Performing loans temporarily modified as TDR $ Nonaccrual loans and leases — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — 23,377 16 — 4,255 — 157 — 314 274 28,393 Total impaired loans and leases $ 23,377 $ 16 $ — $ 4,255 $ — $ 157 $ — $ 314 $ 274 $ 28,393 Single Family Year Ended June 30, 2017 (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Interest income recognized on performing TDRs $ 7 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 7 Average balances of performing TDRs Average balances of impaired loans and leases $ 125 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 125 $ 28,823 $ 34 $ — $ 4,409 $ 144 $ 231 $ — $ 63 $ 450 $ 34,154 F-43 Single Family June 30, 2016 (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Performing loans temporarily modified as TDR $ 210 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 210 Nonaccrual loans 28,400 33 — 2,218 254 278 — — 676 31,859 Total impaired loans $ 28,610 $ 33 $ — $ 2,218 $ 254 $ 278 $ — $ — $ 676 $32,069 Single Family Year Ended June 30, 2016 (Dollars in thousands) Mortgage Home Equity Warehouse & Other Multi- family real estate secured Commercial real estate secured Auto and RV secured Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Interest income recognized on performing TDRs $ 9 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 9 Average balances of performing TDRs $ 214 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 214 Average balances of impaired loans $ 22,969 $ 18 $ — $ 4,495 $ 969 $ 327 $ — $ — $ 135 $28,913 Interest recognized on performing loans temporarily modified as TDRs was $0, $7, and $9 for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 respectively. The average balances of performing TDRs and nonaccrual loans was $0 and $30,420 for the year ended June 30, 2018, $125 and $34,154 for the year ended June 30, 2017 and $214 and $28,913 for the year ended June 30, 2016, respectively. The Company’s loan modifications included Single Family, Multifamily, Commercial and Other loans of which included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate, extended payment due dates or delinquent property taxes that were paid by the Bank and either repaid by the borrower over a one-year period or capitalized and amortized over the remaining life of the loan. The Company’s loan modifications also included RV loans in which borrowers were able to make interest-only payments for a period of six months to one year which then reverted back to fully amortizing. The following tables present the loans modified as TDRs during the periods indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Other Total loans modified as TDRs $ Year Ended June 30, 2018 2017 2016 — — $ 259 259 $ — — F-44 The following tables present loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the periods indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Troubled Debt Restructurings: Single family real estate secured: Mortgage In-house originated Total (Dollars in thousands) Troubled Debt Restructurings: Other Total (Dollars in thousands) Troubled Debt Restructurings: Single family real estate secured: Mortgage In-house originated Total Year Ended June 30, 2018 Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Number of Loans — — $ $ — $ — $ — — Year Ended June 30, 2017 Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Number of Loans 7 7 $ 259 259 $ 259 259 Year Ended June 30, 2016 Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment Number of Loans — — $ $ — $ — $ — — The Company had no loans modified as TDRs within the previous twelve months for which there was a payment default for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively. The Company defines a payment default as 90 days past due. Credit Quality Indicators. The Company categorizes loans and leases into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans and leases individually by classifying the loans and leases as to credit risk. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings. Pass. Loans and leases classified as pass are well protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the fair value, less cost to acquire and sell, of any underlying collateral in a timely manner. Special Mention. Loans and leases classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or lease or of the institution’s credit position at some future date. Substandard. Loans and leases classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans and leases so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Doubtful. Loans and leases classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. F-45 The Company reviews and grades loans and leases following a continuous loan and lease review process, featuring coverage of all loan and lease types and business lines at least quarterly. Continuous reviewing provides more effective risk monitoring because it immediately tests for potential impacts caused by changes in personnel, policy, products or underwriting standards. The following tables present the composition of our loan and lease portfolio by credit quality indicator as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Single family real estate secured: Mortgage In-house originated Purchased Home equity In-house originated Warehouse and other In-house originated Multifamily real estate secured In-house originated Purchased Commercial real estate secured In-house originated Purchased Auto and RV secured In-house originated Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total June 30, 2018 $ 4,113,537 36,024 $ 19,403 461 $ 26,264 3,252 $ — $ — 4,159,204 39,737 2,290 412,085 1,731,068 64,663 212,235 6,226 213,455 169,885 1,471,433 18,369 8,451,270 $ $ — — 3,983 — — 1,918 — — 5,460 118 31,343 $ 16 — — 1,205 — — 67 — 1,969 111 32,884 — — — — — — — — 2,189 — 2,189 $ $ 2,306 412,085 1,735,051 65,868 212,235 8,144 213,522 169,885 1,481,051 18,598 8,517,686 As of % of gross loans and leases 99.2% 0.4% 0.4% —% 100.0% F-46 (Dollars in thousands) Single family real estate secured: Mortgage In-house originated Purchased Home equity In-house originated Warehouse and other In-house originated Multifamily real estate secured In-house originated Purchased Commercial real estate secured In-house originated Purchased Auto and RV secured In-house originated Factoring Commercial & Industrial Other Total Pass Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total June 30, 2017 $ 3,808,886 49,893 $ 18,763 538 $ 19,320 4,354 $ — $ — 3,846,969 54,785 2,076 452,390 1,526,931 84,775 150,880 9,868 153,994 160,674 991,918 3,480 7,395,765 $ $ — — 1,981 452 — 1,967 77 — — — 23,778 $ 16 — 3,978 1,287 — — 175 — 314 274 29,718 $ — — — — — — — — — — — $ —% 2,092 452,390 1,532,890 86,514 150,880 11,835 154,246 160,674 992,232 3,754 7,449,261 100.0% As of % of gross loans and leases 99.3% 0.3% 0.4% The Company considers the performance of the loan and lease portfolio and its impact on the allowance for loan and lease losses. The Company also evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of its loans and leases. During the year, the Company holds certain short-term loans that do not have a fixed maturity date that are treated as delinquent if not paid in full 90 days after the origination date. The following tables provide the outstanding unpaid balance of loans and leases that are past due 30 days or more by portfolio class as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Single family real estate secured: Mortgage In-house originated Purchased Home equity In-house originated Multifamily real estate secured In-house originated Auto and RV secured In-house originated Commercial & Industrial Other Total As a % of gross loans and leases 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due 90+ Days Past Due Total June 30, 2018 $ $ $ 7,830 354 $ 3,240 105 $ 22,009 1,183 33,079 1,642 — 410 284 300 79 $ 9,257 0.11% — — 22 — 111 $ 3,478 0.04% 16 — 9 2,362 111 16 410 315 2,662 301 25,690 $ 38,425 0.30% 0.45% F-47 (Dollars in thousands) Single family real estate secured: Mortgage In-house originated Purchased Home equity In-house originated Multifamily real estate secured In-house originated Auto and RV secured In-house originated Commercial & Industrial Other Total As a % of gross loans and leases 30-59 Days Past Due 60-89 Days Past Due 90+ Days Past Due Total June 30, 2017 $ $ $ 4,892 244 $ 2,325 101 19,297 1,751 $ — — 149 — — 5,285 0.07% $ — — 77 — — 2,503 0.03% $ 16 3,978 3 314 274 25,633 $ 26,514 2,096 16 3,978 229 314 274 33,421 0.35% 0.45% 6. FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE A summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization for leasehold improvements, furniture, equipment and software is as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Leasehold improvements Furniture and fixtures Computer hardware and equipment Software Total Less accumulated depreciation and amortization Furniture, equipment and software—net At June 30, 2018 2017 $ 1,953 5,418 13,863 27,605 48,839 (27,385) 21,454 $ 1,983 5,083 14,254 17,228 38,548 (21,889) 16,659 $ $ Depreciation and amortization expense in respect of leasehold improvements, furniture, equipment and software for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $7,923, $6,094 and $4,795, respectively. 7. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS The Company recorded goodwill on April 4, 2018 incident to its acquisition of the bankruptcy trustee and fiduciary services business of Epiq. At the time of acquisition a fair value study was conducted to determine the goodwill created as part of the transaction. Management has evaluated and continues to monitor all key factors impacting the carrying value of the Company’s recorded goodwill and long-lived assets. Adverse changes in the Company’s actual or expected operating results, market capitalization, business climate, economic factors or other negative events that may be outside the control of management could result in material non-cash impairment charges in the future. The following table summarizes the activity in the Company’s goodwill balance as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Balance at July 1, 2017 Goodwill incident to acquisition Balance at June 30, 2018 Total — 35,719 35,719 $ $ F-48 The Company’s acquired intangible assets are summarized as follows as of the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Covenant not to compete Customer relationships Developed technologies Trade name Total intangible assets $ $ June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount 930 9,820 21,680 290 32,720 $ $ 58 243 326 24 651 $ $ 872 9,577 21,354 266 32,069 $ $ — $ — — — — $ — $ — — — — $ — — — — — The weighted-average useful lives of intangible assets at the time of acquisition were as follows: Covenant not to compete Customer relationships Developed technologies Trade name Weighted-Average Useful Lives (Years) 4 12 5 3 The amortization expense for intangible assets that are subject to amortization was $651 for the year ended June 30, 2018. Each intangible asset subject to amortization is amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated future amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets at June 30, 2018 is as follows: (Dollars in thousands) For the fiscal year ending June 30, 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Thereafter Total Amortization Expense $ $ 5,270 6,158 5,808 4,698 4,525 5,610 32,069 F-49 8. DEPOSITS Deposit accounts are summarized as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Non-interest bearing Interest bearing: Demand Savings Time deposits: $250 and under2 Greater than $250 Total time deposits Total interest bearing2 Total deposits At June 30, 2018 2017 Amount Rate1 Amount Rate1 $ 1,015,355 —% $ 848,544 —% 2,519,845 2,482,430 5,002,275 1,837,274 130,446 1,967,720 6,969,995 1.60% 1.31% 1.46% 2.34% 2.05% 2.32% 1.70% 2,593,491 2,651,176 5,244,667 774,627 31,669 806,296 6,050,963 $ 7,985,350 1.48% $ 6,899,507 0.89% 0.81% 0.85% 2.54% 0.39% 2.46% 1.06% 0.93% 1 Based on weighted-average stated interest rates at end of period. The total interest-bearing includes brokered deposits of $2,055.9 million and $1,104.3 million as of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively, of which $1,692.8 2 million and $611.0 million, respectively, are time deposits classified as $250 and under. The scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Within 12 months 13 to 24 months 25 to 36 months 37 to 48 months 49 to 60 months Thereafter Total At June 30, 2018 $ 1,259,119 97,226 11,118 35,981 84,538 479,738 1,967,720 $ At June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company had deposits from principal officers, directors and their affiliates in the amount of $4,964 and $1,220, respectively. F-50 9. ADVANCES FROM THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK At June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s fixed-rate FHLB advances had interest rates that ranged from 1.36% to 3.32% with a weighted average of 2.14% and ranged from 1.00% to 4.32% with a weighted average of 1.79%, respectively. Fixed-rate advances from FHLB are scheduled to mature as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Within one year1 After one but within two years After two but within three years After three but within four years After four but within five years After five years Total 1. Within one year category includes $147,500 of term advances. At June 30, 2018 2017 Amount Weighted- Average Rate Amount Weighted- Average Rate $ 229,500 55,000 65,000 50,000 27,500 30,000 2.02% $ 1.79% 2.30% 2.47% 2.08% 2.82% 265,000 147,500 55,000 65,000 50,000 57,500 $ 457,000 2.14% $ 640,000 1.28% 1.98% 1.79% 2.30% 2.47% 2.47% 1.79% The Company’s advances from the FHLB were collateralized by certain real estate loans with an aggregate unpaid balance of $4,687,166 and $3,989,070 at June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, by the Company’s investment in capital stock of the FHLB of San Francisco and by its investment in mortgage-backed securities. Generally, each advance carries a prepayment penalty and is payable in full at its maturity date. The maximum amounts advanced at any month-end during the period from the FHLB were $2,240,000, $1,317,000, and $1,129,000 during the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. At June 30, 2018, the Company had $1,616,243 available immediately being fully collateralized for advances from the FHLB for terms up to ten years. 10. SUBORDINATED NOTES AND DEBENTURES Subordinated Notes. In March 2016, the Company completed the sale of $51,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.25% Subordinated Notes due February 28, 2026 (the “Notes”). The Company received $51,000 in gross proceeds as a part of this transaction, before the 3.15% underwriting discount and other offering expenses. The Notes mature on February 28, 2026 and accrue interest at a rate of 6.25% per annum, with interest payable quarterly. The Notes may be redeemed on or after March 31, 2021, which date may be extended at the Company’s discretion, at a redemption price equal to principal plus accrued and unpaid interest, subject to certain conditions. Junior Subordinated Debentures. On December 13, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement to form an unconsolidated trust which issued $5,000 of trust preferred securities in a transaction that closed on December 16, 2004. The net proceeds from the offering were used to purchase $5,155 of junior subordinated debentures (“Debentures”) of the Company with a stated maturity date of February 23, 2035. The Debentures are the sole assets of the trust. The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the Debentures in whole (but not in part) on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indenture plus any accrued but unpaid interest through the redemption date. Interest accrues at the rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.4% for a rate of 4.73% as of June 30, 2018, with interest paid quarterly starting February 16, 2005. The Bank has the ability to borrow short-term from the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window. At June 30, 2018 and 2017 there were no amounts outstanding and the available borrowings from this source were $917,017 and $1,251,526, respectively. The 2018 available borrowings would be collateralized by residential real estate loans, certain C&I loans, and mortgage-backed securities totaling $1,230,054 and $1,543,751, respectively. The Bank has additional unencumbered collateral that could be pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window to increase borrowing liquidity. The Bank has federal funds lines of credit with two major banks totaling $35,000. At June 30, 2018 and 2017 the Bank had no outstanding balances on these lines. F-51 11. INCOME TAXES The provision for income taxes is as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Current: Federal State Deferred: Federal State Total 2018 At June 30, 2017 2016 $ 50,170 $ 74,053 $ 20,084 70,254 15,509 1,525 17,034 $ 87,288 $ 26,120 100,173 (1,886) (334) (2,220) 97,953 $ 67,773 24,478 92,251 (5,363) (1,284) (6,647) 85,604 The differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows: Statutory federal tax rate Increase (decrease) resulting from: State taxes—net of federal tax benefit Tax reform deferred tax remeasurement Cash surrender value Tax credits Non-taxable income Excess benefit RSU vesting Other Effective tax rate 2018 At June 30, 2017 2016 28.10 % 35.00 % 35.00 % 7.85 % 3.83 % (0.02)% (2.38)% (0.19)% (1.00)% 0.23 % 36.42 % 7.23 % — % (0.03)% (0.19)% (0.28)% — % 0.37 % 42.10 % 7.31 % — % (0.03)% (0.18)% (0.36)% — % 0.04 % 41.78 % F-52 The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Deferred tax assets: Allowance for loan and lease losses and charge-offs State taxes Stock-based compensation expense Unrealized net (gains) losses on securities Deferred bonus / vacation Securities impaired Deferred loan fees Total deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: FHLB stock dividend Other assets—prepaids Depreciation and amortization Total deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax asset At June 30, 2018 2017 $ $ $ 15,829 2,164 3,432 225 761 — 1,372 23,783 (833) (1,513) (3,480) (5,826) 17,957 $ 18,845 6,893 2,703 (385) 959 8,395 2,377 39,787 (1,181) (1,363) (2,902) (5,446) 34,341 The Company establishes a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of June 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company believes that it will have sufficient earnings to realize its deferred tax asset and has not provided an allowance. The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax positions for the periods presented: (Dollars in thousands) Balance—beginning of period Additions—current year tax positions Additions—prior year tax positions Reductions—prior year tax positions Total liability for unrecognized tax positions—end of period 2018 2017 2016 $ $ 865 142 149 (21) 1,135 $ $ 880 180 17 (212) 865 $ $ 779 181 — (80) 880 The Company is subject to federal income tax and income tax of state taxing authorities. The Company’s federal income tax returns for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2016, and 2017 and its state taxing authorities income tax returns for the years ended June 30, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 are open to audit under the statutes of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities. As a result of legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) that was enacted on December 22, 2017, during the quarter ended December 31, 2017, the Company revised its estimated annual effective rate to reflect a change in the federal statutory rate from 35.0% to 21.0%. The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code that affect the Company’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, including reducing the U.S. federal corporate statutory tax rate to 21.0% beginning January 1, 2018, which results in a blended federal corporate statutory tax rate of 28.1% for the Company’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 that is based on the applicable tax rates before and after the Tax Act and the number of days in the fiscal year. During the quarter ended December 31, 2017, the Company revalued the deferred tax balance to reflect the new corporate tax rate, which resulted in a decrease in net deferred tax assets of $9,189. As a result, income tax expense reported for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 was adjusted to reflect the effects of the change in the tax law and the application of the newly enacted rates to existing deferred balances. The SEC has issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 118, which permits the recording of provision amounts related to the impact of the Tax Act during a measurement period, which is not to exceed one year from the enactment date of the Tax Act. The Company has not recorded provision amounts for the other provisions of the Tax Act, as the Company continues to analyze the impacts of the Act. The Company is still analyzing the existing officer’s compensation plans to determine if they qualify for the grandfather rules with respect to DTAs on the books (for plans in existence as of November 2, 2017). F-53 Additionally, the Company received tax credits for the year ended June 30, 2018. These tax credits reduced the effective tax rate by approximately 2.38%. Lastly, the Company adopted ASU 2016-09 effective July 1, 2017. As a result of the adoption, the Company recorded $2.4 million of income tax benefits for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, respectively, related to excess tax benefits from stock compensation. Prior to 2018, such excess tax benefits were generally recorded directly in stockholders’ equity. This new accounting standard may potentially increase the volatility in the Company’s effective tax rates. 12. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Common Stock. Changes in common stock issued and outstanding were as follows: 2018 At June 30, 2017 Issued Outstanding Issued Outstanding Beginning of year: 65,115,932 63,536,244 64,513,494 63,219,392 2016 Issued1 63,145,364 Outstanding1 62,075,004 Common stock issued through option exercise or exchange Common stock issued through public offering Repurchase of treasury stock Common stock issued through grants of restricted stock units End of year: — — — — — (1,233,491) — — — — — — 82,400 82,400 723,808 723,808 — — 680,128 65,796,060 385,311 62,688,064 602,438 65,115,932 316,852 63,536,244 561,922 64,513,494 338,180 63,219,392 1 Common stock amounts have been retroactively restated for the period July 1, 2015 through November 16, 2015 to reflect the four-for-one forward split of the Company’s common stock effected in the form of a stock dividend that was distributed on November 17, 2015. The par value of common stock remains unchanged at $0.01 per share after the aforementioned forward stock split. On February 23, 2015, we entered into an ATM Equity Distribution Agreement with FBR Capital Markets & Co., Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. (the “2015 Distribution Agents”) pursuant to which we may issue and sell through the 2015 Distribution Agents from time to time shares of our common stock in at the market offerings with an aggregate offering price of up to $50,000 (the “2015 ATM Offering”). The sales of shares of our common stock under the Equity Distribution Agreement are to be made in “at the market” offerings as defined in Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including sales made directly on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (the principal existing trading market for our common stock), or sales made through a market maker or any other trading market for our common stock, or (with our prior consent) in privately negotiated transactions at negotiated prices. The aggregate compensation payable to the 2015 Distribution Agents under the Distribution Agreement will not exceed 2.5% of the gross sales price of the shares sold under the agreement. We also agreed to reimburse the 2015 Distribution Agents for up to $75 in their expenses through September 30, 2015 and up to $25 thereafter and provided the 2015 Distribution Agents with customary indemnification rights. F-54 In February 2015, we commenced sales of common stock through the 2015 ATM Offering. The details of the shares of common stock sold through the 2015 ATM Offering through December 31, 2015 are as follows (dollars in thousands, except per share data): Distribution Agent Month FBR Capital Markets & Co. February 2015 FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. FBR Capital Markets & Co. March 2015 April 2015 May 2015 June 2015 July 2015 August 2015 September 2015 Weighted Average Per Share Price1 Number of Shares Sold1 Net Proceeds Compensation to Distribution Agent $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 22.68 23.38 23.10 23.69 24.69 27.37 32.81 30.99 40,000 $ 518,528 $ 265,088 $ 122,800 $ 251,592 $ 280,000 $ 40,000 $ 240,000 $ 884 $ 11,818 $ 5,971 $ 2,837 $ 6,057 $ 7,471 $ 1,279 $ 7,252 $ 23 303 153 73 155 192 33 186 FBR Capital Markets & Co. 1 Amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the four-for-one forward split of the Company’s common stock effected in the form of a stock dividend that was distributed on November 17, 2015. October 2015 163,808 $ 5,181 $ 32.43 132 $ As of December 31, 2015, the total gross sales were $50,000, which completed this offering. Common Stock Repurchases. On March 17, 2016, the Board of Directors of the Company, authorized a program to repurchase up to $100 million of common stock. The new share repurchase authorization replaces the previous share repurchase plan approved on July 5, 2005. The Company may repurchase shares on the open market or through privately negotiated transactions at times and prices considered appropriate, at the discretion of the Company, and subject to its assessment of alternative uses of capital, stock trading price, general market conditions and regulatory factors. The repurchase program does not obligate the Company to acquire any specific number of shares. The share repurchase program will continue in effect until terminated by the Board of Directors of the Company. As of June 30, 2018, the Company has repurchased a total of $35.2 million, or 1,233,491 common shares at an average price of $28.49 per share with $64.8 million remaining under the current board authorized stock repurchase program. The Company accounts for treasury stock using the cost method as a reduction of shareholders’ equity in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Preferred Stock. On October 28, 2003, the Company commenced a private placement of Series A-6% Cumulative Nonparticipating Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series A preferred stock”). The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A preferred stock were established in a certificate filed by the Company with the State of Delaware on October 27, 2003, and generally include the holder’s right to a six percent (6%) per annum cumulative dividend payable quarterly and the Company’s right to redeem some or all of the remaining 515 shares at $10,000 face value outstanding shares. The holder’s right to convert to the Company’s common stock expired on January 1, 2009. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, the Company issued $6,750 of Series A preferred stock, convertible through January 1, 2009, representing 675 shares at $10,000 face value, less issuance costs of $113. Before the expiration of the conversion right, holders of the Series A converted 160 shares of Series A preferred to common stock. The Company has declared dividends to holders of its Series A preferred stock totaling $309 for each of the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. 13. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION On October 22, 2015, the stockholders of the Company approved and in November 2015 the Company’s Board of Directors adopted an amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation (the “Amendment”) to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock available for issuance from 50,000,000 to 150,000,000 shares. The purpose for the Amendment was to accommodate a forward stock split through a stock dividend whereby each share of common stock would effectively be split into four shares of common stock (the “Stock Split”). On October 26, 2015, the Board of Directors approved the Stock Split. The Company issued a dividend of three shares of common stock for every one share issued and outstanding as of November 6, 2015. The stock dividend was paid on November 17, 2015, and BOFI common stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis on November 18, 2015. Common stock share, per-share, option and restricted stock unit amounts for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and prior periods presented have been retroactively restated to reflect the effects of the Stock Split. The Company has two equity incentive plans, the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (“2014 Plan”) and the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (“2004 Plan” and collectively, the “Plans”), which provide for the granting of non-qualified and incentive stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights and other awards to employees, directors and consultants. The Plans are designed to encourage selected employees and directors to improve operations and increase profits, and to accept or continue employment or association with the Company through participation in the growth in the value of the common stock. The Plans require that option exercise prices be not less than fair market value per share of common stock on the option grant date for incentive and non-qualified options. The options F-55 issued under the Plans generally vest in between three and five years. Option expiration dates are established by the Plans’ administrator but may not be later than ten years after the date of the grant. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. In October 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors and the stockholders approved the 2004 Plan. In November 2007, the 2004 Plan was amended and approved by the Company’s stockholders. The maximum number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2004 Plan is 14.8% of the Company’s outstanding common stock measured from time to time. In addition, the number of shares of the Company’s common stock reserved for issuance will also automatically increase by an additional 1.5% on the first day of each of four fiscal years starting July 1, 2007. With the stockholders approving the 2014 Plan in October 2014, no further awards will be made under the 2004 Plan and the 2004 Plan will remain in effect only so long as awards made thereunder remain outstanding. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan. In September and October 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors and stockholders approved the 2014 Plan, respectively. The maximum number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2014 Plan is 3,680,000. Stock Options. A summary of stock option activity under the Plans during the periods indicated is presented below: Outstanding—June 30, 2015 Granted Exercised Canceled Outstanding—June 30, 2016 Granted Exercised Canceled Outstanding—June 30, 2017 Granted Exercised Canceled Outstanding—June 30, 2018 Options exercisable—June 30, 2016 Options exercisable—June 30, 2017 Options exercisable—June 30, 2018 Number of Shares 1 Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share1 $ 82,400 — (82,400) — — $ — — — — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 1.84 — 1.84 — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1 Amounts have been retroactively restated for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 presented to reflect the four-for-one forward split of the Company’s common stock effected in the form of a stock dividend that was distributed on November 17, 2015. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised or converted during the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $0, $0, and $2,656, respectively. Restricted Stock Units. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 615,834 restricted stock units to employees and directors. The chief executive officer received 288,000 restricted stock units, which vest ratably on each of the four fiscal year ends after the issue date. All other restricted stock unit awards granted during the year ended June 30, 2016, vest over three years, one-third on each anniversary of the grant date and 596,871 shares were vested and issued and 94,325 shares were canceled as of June 30, 2016. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 555,611 restricted stock units to employees and directors. The chief executive officer received 288,000 restricted stock units, which vest ratably on each of the four fiscal year ends after the issue date. All other restricted stock unit awards granted during the year ended June 30, 2017, vest over three years, one-third on each anniversary of the grant date and 570,764 shares were vested and issued and 92,251 shares were canceled as of June 30, 2017. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 587,022 restricted stock units to employees and directors. The chief executive officer received 160,000 restricted stock units, which vest ratably on each of the four fiscal year ends after the issue date. All other restricted stock unit awards granted during the year ended June 30, 2018, vest over three years, one-third on each anniversary of the grant date and 629,755 shares were vested and issued and 123,858 shares were canceled as of June 30, 2018. F-56 Effective July 1, 2017 the Company entered into an employment agreement with its Chief Executive Officer (the “Agreement”) that authorizes an award of restricted stock units (the “RSU award”) to the Chief Executive Officer. The RSU award is an equity-based award and carries a service condition and a market condition that incorporates a measurement of the Company’s total stock return to shareholders in comparison to the total stock return of the ABA Nasdaq Community Bank Index. The accounting grant date of the RSU award is July 1, 2017 and expensing of the RSU award began on this date at the fair value measurement amount as determined by the Company’s valuation process. The Company utilized a Monte Carlo simulation to estimate the value of path-dependent options and determined the fair value of the RSU award as of July 1, 2017 to be $20.5 million, which will vest in five tranches over a total period of nine years. Unrecognized compensation expense to be expensed over the remaining eight years related to the non-vested RSU award is $17.2 million at June 30, 2018 and is included in the table below. The actual RSU award in future years is determined by the actual performance of Company’s total stock return in comparison to the total stock return of the ABA Nasdaq Community Bank Index. The Company’s income before income taxes and net income for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 included stock compensation expense of $20,399, $14,535 and $11,326, respectively. The income tax benefit was $7,429, $6,119 and $4,509, respectively. The Company recognizes compensation expense based upon the grant-date fair value divided by the service period between each vesting date. At June 30, 2018, expense related to stock option grants has been fully recognized. At June 30, 2018 unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested awards aggregated to $40,588 and is expected to be recognized in future periods as follows: (Dollars in thousands) For the fiscal year ending June 30: 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Thereafter Total Stock Award Compensation Expense $ $ 18,592 11,871 5,351 2,226 1,382 1,166 40,588 The following table presents the status and changes in restricted stock units for the periods indicated: Restricted Stock Units1 Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value1 Non-vested balance at June 30, 2015 Granted Vested Canceled Non-vested balance at June 30, 2016 Granted Vested Canceled Non-vested balance at June 30, 2017 Granted Vested Canceled Non-vested balance at June 30, 2018 1,135,088 $ 615,834 (536,528) (154,668) 1,059,726 843,611 (570,764) (92,251) 1,240,322 747,022 (629,755) (123,858) 1,233,731 $ $ $ 17.01 26.60 16.14 18.70 22.53 21.13 20.86 20.26 22.52 26.53 22.55 23.38 24.84 1 Amounts have been retroactively restated for the period June 30, 2015 through November 17, 2015 to reflect the four-for-one forward split of the Company’s common stock effected in the form of a stock dividend that was distributed on November 17, 2015. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $20,866, $12,941 and $13,256, respectively. F-57 14. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS: (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Earnings Per Common Share Net income Preferred stock dividends Net income attributable to common shareholders Average common shares issued and outstanding Average unvested RSUs (as revised for 2017 and 2016) Total qualifying shares (as revised for 2017 and 2016) Earnings per common share (as revised for 2017 and 2016) Diluted Earnings Per Common Share Dilutive net income attributable to common shareholders Average common shares issued and outstanding (as revised for 2017 and 2016) Dilutive effect of stock options Dilutive effect of average unvested RSUs (as revised for 2017 and 2016) Total dilutive common shares outstanding (as revised for 2017 and 2016) Diluted earnings per common share (as revised for 2017 and 2016) 2018 At June 30, 2017 152,411 (309) 152,102 63,058,854 77,378 63,136,232 2.41 152,102 $ $ $ $ 134,740 (309) 134,431 63,358,886 297,656 63,656,542 2.11 134,431 $ $ $ $ 2016 119,291 (309) 118,982 62,909,411 687,848 63,597,259 1.87 118,982 63,136,232 63,656,542 63,597,259 — 1,010,988 — 258,558 5,845 69,176 64,147,220 63,915,100 63,672,280 2.37 $ 2.10 $ 1.87 $ $ $ $ $ 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Operating Leases. The Company leases office space under operating lease agreements scheduled to expire at various dates. The Company pays property taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses related to its leases. Rent expense for the years ended June 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $5,429, $5,108, and $3,901, respectively. Pursuant to the terms of these non-cancelable lease agreements in effect at June 30, 2018, future minimum lease payments are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Thereafter Total Future minimum lease payments $ $ 4,573 6,652 6,266 7,415 7,667 54,551 87,124 F-58 Litigation. On October 15, 2015, the Company, its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer were named defendants in a putative class action lawsuit styled Golden v. BofI Holding, Inc., et al, and brought in United States District Court for the Southern District of California (the “Golden Case”). On November 3, 2015, the Company, its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer were named defendants in a second putative class action lawsuit styled Hazan v. BofI Holding, Inc., et al, and also brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California (the “Hazan Case”). On February 1, 2016, the Golden Case and the Hazan Case were consolidated as In re BofI Holding, Inc. Securities Litigation, Case #: 3:15-cv-02324-GPC-KSC (the “Class Action”), and the Houston Municipal Employees Pension System was appointed lead plaintiff. The plaintiffs allege that the Company and other named defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, by failing to disclose wrongful conduct that was alleged in a complaint filed in connection with a wrongful termination of employment lawsuit filed on October 13, 2015 (the “Employment Matter”) and that as a result the Company’s statements regarding its internal controls, as well as portions of its financial statements, were false and misleading. On March 21, 2018, the Court entered a final order dismissing the Class Action with prejudice. On March 28, 2018, the plaintiff filed a notice of appeal. On April 3, 2017, the Company, its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer were named defendants in a putative class action lawsuit styled Mandalevy v. BofI Holding, Inc., et al, and brought in United States District Court for the Southern District of California (the “Mandalevy Case”). The Mandalevy Case seeks monetary damages and other relief on behalf of a putative class that has not been certified by the Court. The complaint in the Mandalevy Case (the “Mandalevy Complaint”) alleges a class period that differs from that alleged in the First Class Action, and that the Company and other named defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, by failing to disclose wrongful conduct that was alleged in a March 2017 media article. The Mandalevy Case has not been consolidated into the First Class Action. The Company and the other named defendants dispute the allegations of wrongdoing advanced by the plaintiffs in the Class Action, the Mandalevy Case, and in the Employment Matter, as well as those plaintiffs’ statement of the underlying factual circumstances, and are vigorously defending each case. In addition to the First Class Action and the Mandalevy Case, two separate shareholder derivative actions were filed in December, 2015, purportedly on behalf of the Company. The first derivative action, Calcaterra v. Garrabrants, et al, was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California on December 3, 2015. The second derivative action, Dow v. Micheletti, et al, was filed in the San Diego County Superior Court on December 16, 2015. A third derivative action, DeYoung v. Garrabrants, et al, was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California on January 22, 2016, a fourth derivative action, Yong v. Garrabrants, et al, was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California on January 29, 2016, a fifth derivative action, Laborers Pension Trust Fund of Northern Nevada v. Allrich et al, was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California on February 2, 2016, and a sixth derivative action, Garner v. Garrabrants, et al, was filed in the San Diego County Superior Court on August 10, 2017. Each of these six derivative actions names the Company as a nominal defendant, and certain of its officers and directors as defendants. Each complaint sets forth allegations of breaches of fiduciary duties, gross mismanagement, abuse of control, and unjust enrichment against the defendant officers and directors. The plaintiffs in these derivative actions seek damages in unspecified amounts on the Company’s behalf from the officer and director defendants, certain corporate governance actions, and an award of their costs and attorney’s fees. The United States District Court for the Southern District of California ordered the four above-referenced derivative actions pending before it to be consolidated and appointed lead counsel in the consolidated action. On June 7, 2018, the Court entered an order granting defendant’s motion for judgment on the pleadings, but giving the plaintiffs limited leave to amend by June 28, 2018. The plaintiffs failed to file an amended complaint, and instead plaintiffs filed on June 28, 2018 a motion to stay the case pending resolution of the securities class action and Employment Matter. On August 10, 2018, defendants filed an opposition to plaintiffs’ motion. The two derivative actions pending before the San Diego County Superior Court have been consolidated and have been stayed by agreement of the parties. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of each legal action, particularly since claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages, it is not possible to reasonably predict or estimate the eventual loss or range of loss, if any, related to each legal action. 16. OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ACTIVITIES Credit-Related Financial Instruments. The Company is a party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments are commitments to extend credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. F-59 At June 30, 2018, the Company had fixed and variable rate commitments to originate or purchase loans and leases with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $86,453 and $720,582 for total commitments to originate of $785,980. For June 30, 2018, the Company’s fixed rate commitments to originate had a weighted-average rate of 4.68%. For June 30, 2017, the Company had fixed and variable rate commitments to originate or purchase loans and leases with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $78,113 and $417,028 for total commitments to originate of $495,141. For June 30, 2017, the Company’s fixed rate commitments to originate had a weighted average rate of 3.81%. At June 30, 2018, the Company also had fixed and variable rate commitments to sell loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $86,453 and $1,131 for total commitments to sell of $87,584. For June 30, 2017, the Company had fixed and variable rate commitments to sell of $59,786 and $6,259 for total commitments to sell of $66,045. At June 30, 2018 and 2017, 61.9% and 75.4% of the commitments to originate loans are matched with commitments to sell related to conforming single family loans classified as held for sale, respectively. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer so long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The commitments for equity lines of credit may expire without being drawn upon. Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Company, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. 17. MINIMUM REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS The Company and Bank are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements promulgated by federal bank regulatory agencies. Failure by the Company or Bank to meet minimum capital requirements could result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that could have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company and the OCC has similar requirements for the Bank. The following tables present regulatory capital information for the Company and Bank. Information presented for June 30, 2018, reflects the Basel III capital requirements that became effective January 1, 2015 for both the Company and Bank. Under these capital requirements and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company and Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation require the Company and Bank to maintain certain minimum capital amounts and ratios. Federal bank regulators require the Company and Bank maintain minimum ratios of core capital to adjusted average assets of 4.0%, common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%, tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6.0% and total risk- based capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%. At June 30, 2018, the Company and Bank met all the capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject. At June 30, 2018, the Company and Bank were “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be “well capitalized,” the Company and Bank must maintain minimum leverage, common equity tier 1 risk- based, tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios of at least 5.0%, 6.5%, 8.0% and 10.0%, respectively. Management believes that no conditions or events have occurred since June 30, 2018 that would materially adversely change the Company’s and Bank’s capital classifications. From time to time, we may need to raise additional capital to support the Company’s and Bank’s further growth and to maintain their “well capitalized” status. F-60 The Bank’s capital amounts, capital ratios and capital requirements under Basel III were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Regulatory Capital: Tier 1 Common equity tier 1 BofI Holding, Inc. BofI Federal Bank June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 “Well Capitalized” Ratio Minimum Capital Ratio $ 893,338 $ 833,759 $ 837,985 $ 804,317 $ 888,275 $ 828,696 $ 837,985 $ 804,317 Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) $ 993,650 $ 925,720 $ 887,297 $ 845,278 Assets: Average adjusted Total risk-weighted Regulatory Capital Ratios: Tier 1 leverage (core) capital to adjusted average assets Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk- weighted assets) Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) $ 9,450,894 $8,380,909 $9,509,891 $ 8,374,509 $ 6,694,963 $5,651,522 $6,686,634 $ 5,645,112 9.45% 9.95% 8.88% 9.60% 5.00% 4.00% 13.27% 13.34% 14.84% 14.66% 14.75% 16.38% 12.53% 12.53% 13.27% 14.25% 14.25% 14.97% 6.50% 8.00% 10.00% 4.50% 6.00% 8.00% Beginning January 1, 2016, Basel III implements a requirement for all banking organizations to maintain a capital conservation buffer above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid certain limitations on capital distributions, stock repurchases and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. The capital conservation buffer will be exclusively composed of common equity tier 1 capital, and it applies to each of the three risk-based capital ratios but not the leverage ratio. At June 30, 2018, the Company and Bank are in compliance with the capital conservation buffer requirement. The three risk-based capital ratios will increase by 0.625% each year through 2019, at which point, the common equity tier 1 risk based, tier 1 risk-based and total risk-based capital ratios will be 7.0%, 8.5% and 10.5%, respectively. In connection with the approval of the acquisition of the H&R Block Bank deposits on September 1, 2015, the Bank executed a letter agreement with the OCC (the “letter agreement”) to maintain its Tier 1 leverage capital ratio at a minimum of 8.50% for the quarters ended in June, September and December and a minimum of 8.00% for the quarter ended in March, subject to certain adjustments. At June 30, 2018 the Bank is in compliance with this letter agreement. As of August 2018, due to the Bank’s satisfactory operational performance under the letter agreement, the OCC has removed the additional capital maintenance requirements required in the letter agreement. 18. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN The Company has a 401(k) plan whereby substantially all of its employees may participate in the plan. Employees may contribute up to 100% of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. The Company has implemented an employer matching program whereby employer contributions are made to the 401(k) plan in an amount equal to 50% of the first 8% of an employee’s designated deferral of their eligible compensation. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, expense attributable to the plan amounted to $1,501, $1,288, and $801, respectively. F-61 19. PARENT-ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION The following BofI Holding, Inc. (Parent company only) financial information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the other notes to the consolidated financial statements: BofI Holding, Inc. (Parent Company Only) CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (Dollars in thousands) ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents Loans Investment securities Other assets Investment in subsidiary Total assets LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Subordinated notes and debentures Accrued interest payable Accounts payable and accrued liabilities Total liabilities Stockholders’ equity $ $ $ At June 30, 2018 2017 108,085 $ 81,356 20 — 10,238 905,159 1,023,502 54,521 389 8,079 62,989 960,513 $ $ 29 13 5,250 804,803 891,451 54,313 339 2,552 57,204 834,247 891,451 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 1,023,502 $ BofI Holding, Inc. (Parent Company Only) STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Dollars in thousands) Interest income Interest expense Net interest (expense) income Provision for loan losses Net interest (expense) income, after provision for loan losses Non-interest income (loss) Non-interest expense and tax benefit Income (loss) before dividends from subsidiary and equity in undistributed income of subsidiary Dividends from subsidiary Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary Net income Comprehensive income Year Ended June 30, 2018 2017 2016 $ 479 3,648 (3,169) — (3,169) 153 11,825 (14,841) 69,800 97,452 152,411 151,311 $ $ $ 621 3,613 (2,992) — (2,992) — 8,561 (11,553) 6,400 139,893 134,740 142,531 $ $ 136 1,275 (1,139) — (1,139) 339 7,345 (8,145) 2,900 124,536 119,291 121,386 $ $ $ F-62 BofI Holding, Inc. (Parent Company Only) STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Dollars in thousands) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities: 2018 Year Ended June 30, 2017 2016 $ 152,411 $ 134,740 $ 119,291 Accretion of discounts on securities Amortization of borrowing costs Impairment charge on securities Accretion of discounts on loans Net gain on investment securities Gain on sales of loans held for sale Stock-based compensation expense Tax effect from exercise of common stock options and vesting of restricted stock grants Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary Decrease (increase) in other assets Increase (decrease) in other liabilities Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities Proceeds from principal repayments on loans Investment in subsidiary Net cash used in investing activities CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from exercise of common stock options Proceeds from issuance of common stock Tax effect from exercise of common stock options and vesting of restricted stock units Tax payments related to the settlement of restricted stock units Repurchase of treasury stock Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes Cash dividends on preferred stock Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year $ (2) 208 — — (153) — 20,399 — (97,452) (4,938) 5,528 76,001 162 9 (4,000) (3,829) — — 7 (9,958) (35,183) — (309) (45,443) 26,729 81,356 108,085 $ — 208 (1) — — — 14,535 — (139,893) 469 316 10,374 — 8 — 8 — — 432 (6,532) — — (309) (6,409) 3,973 77,383 81,356 $ (50) 72 — (6) — (339) 11,326 — (124,533) (1,361) (1,637) 2,763 531 8 (17,000) (16,461) 151 21,120 2,531 (6,141) — 51,000 (309) 68,352 54,654 22,729 77,383 F-63 20. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Interest and dividend income June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30, $ 118,898 $ 144,880 $ 107,785 $ 103,511 Quarters Ended in Fiscal Year 2018 Interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Non-interest income Non-interest expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Net income attributable to common stock Basic earnings per common share (revised) Diluted earnings per common share (revised) (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Interest and dividend income Interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Non-interest income Non-interest expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Net income attributable to common stock Basic earnings per common share (revised) Diluted earnings per common share (revised) 21. SUBSEQUENT EVENT 31,850 87,048 3,900 83,148 16,977 49,673 50,452 13,335 37,117 37,040 0.59 0.58 $ $ $ $ 28,197 116,683 16,900 99,783 23,525 45,434 77,874 26,621 51,253 51,176 0.82 0.80 $ $ $ $ 23,572 84,213 4,000 80,213 17,099 40,809 56,503 24,845 31,658 31,580 0.50 0.49 $ $ $ $ 22,961 80,550 1,000 79,550 13,340 38,020 54,870 22,487 32,383 32,306 0.51 0.50 Quarters Ended in Fiscal Year 2017 June 30, March 31, December 31, September 30, 98,543 $ 106,962 $ 94,301 $ 20,016 78,527 200 78,327 13,533 35,979 55,881 23,332 32,549 32,472 0.51 0.51 $ $ $ $ 18,403 88,559 4,862 83,697 23,168 35,448 71,417 30,423 40,994 40,917 0.64 0.64 $ $ $ $ 17,940 76,361 4,100 72,261 16,700 33,300 55,661 23,361 32,300 32,222 0.51 0.50 $ $ $ $ 87,480 17,700 69,780 1,900 67,880 14,732 32,878 49,734 20,837 28,897 28,820 0.45 0.45 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ On August 3, 2018, the Company announced that the Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement (“Agreement”) with Nationwide Bank to acquire substantially all of the Nationwide deposits at the time of closing, estimated at approximately $3 billion in deposits, including $1 billion in checking, savings and money market accounts and $2 billion in time deposit accounts. Under the Agreement, the Bank will receive cash for the deposit balances transferred less a premium commensurate with the fair market value of the deposits purchased. The deposit transfer transaction is subject to prior approval by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The closing of the transaction is targeted for November 2018. F-64 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Exhibit 23.1 BofI Holding, Inc. San Diego, CA We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3ASR (No. 333-223434) and Forms S-8 (No. 333-199691 and 333-124702) of BofI Holding, Inc. of our reports dated August 23, 2018, relating to the consolidated financial statements, and the effectiveness of BofI Holding, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K. /s/ BDO USA, LLP San Diego, California August 23, 2018 Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATION BOFI HOLDING, INC. CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER I, Gregory Garrabrants, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of BofI Holding, Inc. (the “registrant”). 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report. 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the period presented in this report. 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting or, caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures, and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting. Date: August 23, 2018 /s/ GREGORY GARRABRANTS GREGORY GARRABRANTS President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATION BOFI HOLDING, INC. CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER I, Andrew J. Micheletti, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of BofI Holding, Inc. (the “registrant”). 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the period presented in this report. 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting or, caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures, and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting. Date: August 23, 2018 /s/ ANDREW J. MICHELETTI ANDREW J. MICHELETTI Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) CEO CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.1 In connection with the Annual Report of BofI Holding, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Gregory Garrabrants, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge that: (a) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (b) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: August 23, 2018 /s/ GREGORY GARRABRANTS GREGORY GARRABRANTS President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) CFO CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.2 In connection with the Annual Report of BofI Holding, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Andrew J. Micheletti, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge that: (a) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (b) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: August 23, 2018 /s/ ANDREW J. MICHELETTI ANDREW J. MICHELETTI Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) [ THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ] [ THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ] Banking Evolved Axos is a technology-driven financial services company providing a diverse and ever-growing range of innovative products and services for personal, business and institutional clients nationwide. Axos believes in liberating people from the constraints of traditional banking. We believe in a bank that is honest, transparent and fair. A bank that uses technology with purpose. A bank that supports people when they need it, and gets out of the way when they don’t. A bank that is in sync with – and adapting to – a changing world. By giving our customers the tools, the information, and the ability to make smarter choices, Axos empowers them to make real progress toward their goals, and the freedom to focus on the people, places and things that matter most to all of us. Welcome to Axos Bank - Banking Evolved. Executive Officers Board of Directors Gregory Garrabrants President and Chief Executive Officer Eshel Bar-Adon Executive Vice President Specialty Finance and Chief Legal Officer Jill Bauer Executive Vice President Trustee and Fiduciary Services Matthew Brunsman Executive Vice President Chief Digital Officer Mary Ellen Ciafardini Executive Vice President Human Resources Thomas Constantine Executive Vice President Chief Credit Officer Jan Durrans Executive Vice President Chief of Staff and Chief Performance Officer James Fraser Executive Vice President Specialty Real Estate, C&I Lending Raymond Matsumoto Executive Vice President Chief Operating Officer Andrew J. Micheletti Executive Vice President Chief Financial Officer Brian Swanson Executive Vice President Chief Lending Officer John Tolla Executive Vice President Chief Governance, Risk and Compliance Officer Derrick K. Walsh Senior Vice President Chief Accounting Officer Paul J. Grinberg Chairman Nicholas A. Mosich Vice Chairman James S. Argalas J. Brandon Black John Gary Burke James J. Court Uzair Dada Gregory Garrabrants Edward J. Ratinoff Corporate Headquarters Axos Financial, Inc. Axos Bank 4350 La Jolla Village Drive Suite 140 San Diego, CA 92122 www.axosfinancial.com www.axosbank.com Investor Relations Johnny Lai Vice President, Corporate Development and Investor Relations (858) 649-2218 jlai@axosfinancial.com Corporate Secretary Angela Lopez Corporate Secretary, Vice President Corporate Governance (858) 704-6225 alopez@axosfinancial.com Transfer Agent Computershare Investor Services 250 Royall Street Canton, MA 02021 (800) 962-4284 www-us.computershare.com/investor Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm BDO USA, LLP San Diego, California B O F I H O L D I N G I N C 2 0 1 8 A N N U A L R E P O R T BOFI HOLDING INC 2018 ANNUAL REPORT 4350 La Jolla Village Drive Suite 140 San Diego, CA 92122 www.axosfinancial.com 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above